Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Bridge Bancorp Inc.

Bridge Bancorp Inc.

bdge · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bdge
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Bridge Bancorp Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.

ROOted iN tHe cOMMuNitY

2012 Annual Report

BRIDGE
BANCORP, INC.

Bridge Bancorp, inc., a New York corporation (NASdAQ: BdGe), is a bank holding company 

engaged  in  commercial  banking  and  financial  services  through  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary, 

Bridgehampton National Bank (the Bank, BNB). established in 1910 by farmers and merchants, 

the Bank today has approximately $1.6 billion in assets and an ongoing commitment to the tenets 

of  community  banking:  developing  long-term  relationships  with  customers,  offering  knowledge 

and understanding of the local marketplace and taking an active role in making the towns and 

villages it serves better places to live and work. throughout its history, BNB has established a reputa-
tion for personal service, access to decision makers and engaged involvement in the community.

A full range of products and services to businesses, consumers and municipalities is offered by 

BNB.  its  professional  team  of  lenders  and  branch  managers  offers  flexible  banking  programs  

in partnership with customers to help meet their financial needs. Products and services include 

convenient  technologies  like  online  banking,  online  bill  pay,  remote  deposit  capture,  merchant 

services  and  lockbox  as  well  as  the  traditional  menu  of  deposit  and  loan  products.  in  addition, 

title insurance is offered through Bridge Abstract and investment counsel is provided by Bridge 

investment Services.

BNB operates in markets throughout Suffolk county, Long island from Orient Point to Wading 

River and from Montauk Point to deer Park. in 2012 the Bank opened new branches in Ronkonkoma, 

near MacArthur Airport and in Hauppauge, bringing the total number of BNB branches to 22.

Peconic Landing

Greenport

Shelter island (coming soon)

Southold

Mattituck

cutchogue

Sag Harbor

Montauk

east Hampton Village

east Hampton

Hampton Bays

Bridgehampton

Southampton (Windmill Lane)

Southampton Village

Westhampton Beach

center Moriches

Wading River

Rocky Point

Hauppauge

deer Park

Ronkonkoma

Shirley

Patchogue

Bridge Bancorp, inc.

1
e
g
A
p

•
t
R
o
p
e
R
l
A
u
n
n
A
2
1
0
2

FiNANCiAL HigHLigHtS 

(in thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)

For the year ended December 31,

EARNINGS

Net income

Return on average equity

Return on average assets

BALANCE SHEET

Assets

Deposits

Loans

Stockholders’ equity

PER SHARE DATA

Diluted earnings

Cash dividends paid

Book value

2012

2011

$ 

12,772

$ 

10,359

11.78%

0.88%

14.37%

0.88%

$ 1,624,713

$ 1,337,458

$ 1,409,322

$ 1,188,185

$  798,446

$  612,143

$  118,672

$  106,987

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.48

1.15

13.32

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.54

0.92

12.82

TOTAL ASSETS

(at December 31, in millions)

TOTAL DEPOSITS

(at December 31, in millions)

NET INCOME

 (in millions)

RETURN ON

AVERAGE EQUITY

(percentage)

TOTAL ASSETS
(at December 31, in millions)

TOTAL DEPOSITS
(at December 31, in millions)

NET INCOME
 (in millions)

RETURN ON
AVERAGE EQUITY
(percentage)

2000

1500

1000

500

0

1500

1200

900

600

300

0

15

12

9

6

3

0

20

15

10

5

0

$2,000

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

$1,624.7

$1,500

$1,200

$900

$600

$300

$0

$1,409.3

$15

$12

$9

$6

$3

$0

$12.8

20%

15%

10%

5%

0%

11.78%

’08

’09

’10

’11

’12

’08

’09

’10

’11

’12

’08

’09

’10

’11

’12

’08

’09

’10

’11

’12

 
 
 
 
 
Long  Island,  with  its  long  tradition  of  innovation  and 
entrepreneurship, is home to many successful companies, 
as  well  as  world  class  education  and  research  centers. 
These  businesses,  supported  by  our  highly  educated 
workforce, design, distribute and manufacture everything 
from  high  tech  military  items  to  high  end  windows  and 
doors.  As  a  century  old  institution  catering  to  these 
businesses, BNB understands their challenges and oppor-
tunities,  and  the  importance  of  the  banker/customer 
partnership. Our success is measured by the success of our 
customers,  as  we  both  contribute  to  the  growth  and 
vitality of the Long Island economy. 

Bridge Bancorp, inc.

FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS: 

“ We  are  privileged  to  operate  on  Long  island,  an  economy  with  a  rich 
diversity of business, known for its entrepreneurship and innovation.”

3
e
g
A
p

•
t
R
o
p
e
R
l
A
u
n
n
A
2
1
0
2

As each year ends, we contemplate our accom-

plishments, our challenges and our opportunities, 
and  i  look  forward  to  sharing  these  reflections 
with you: our shareholders, customers and friends. 
it is a collaborative effort, as i deliberate with my 
colleagues.  their  comments  are  not  limited  to 
issues  affecting  our  Company,  but  also  reflect 
events in our communities, our state and nation. 
We are privileged to operate on Long island, an 
economy with a rich diversity of business, known 
for its entrepreneurship and innovation. We have 
witnessed the economic challenges all local busi-
nesses  have  faced  and  watched  the  successful 
ones  emerge  retooled  and  stronger.  this  annual 
message provides insight not only into our strate-
gies,  but  also  into  the  environment’s  impact  
on our current and future performance. 

By most measures, 2012 continued our sustained 
track record of financial success, highlighted by a 
record level of net income, substantial growth in 
deposits  and  loans,  and  a  continuation  of  
dividends.  Our  commitment  to  identifying  and 
leveraging  market  opportunities  added  a  sub-
stantial  number  of  new  customers,  leading  to 
another  year  of  double  digit  deposit  growth. 
Unlike  some  of  our  competitors,  we  identified 
and  funded  loans  for  many  local,  credit-worthy 
entities,  helping  them  invest  and  expand.  this  
is the essence of community banking, where the 

“raw materials” of customers’ deposits and share-
holders’ capital are reinvested back into the local 
community. Our loans finance buildings, equip-
ment and inventory, allowing business operators 
and  entrepreneurs  to  grow  and  prosper,  provid-
ing  the  impetus  for  local  economic  expansion 
and job creation. 

We are committed to our expansion strategy, as 
investments  in  facilities,  personnel  and  technol-
ogy have paid handsome dividends. At 102 years 
strong,  we  are  one  of  only  a  handful  of  Long 
island  based  community  banks  where  decisions 
affecting  local  businesses  and  communities  are 
made  by  local  management  under  the  direction 
of a local Board. 

As we expand our western profile, we continue to 
have deep roots on the eastern end of Long island 
and remain committed to the communities that 
provide  the  foundation  of  this  organization.  A 
substantial portion of our loans are made to busi-
nesses  and  individuals  on  the  East  End,  and 
while we have opened new branches further west 
on Long island, we have also reinvested in several 
legacy  branches,  most  notably  in  Montauk,  East 
Hampton and Southold. 

Over  the  past  five  years  we’ve  opened  seven 
branches,  tripling  our  assets  and  doubling  our 
capital. We’ve augmented our strong and dedicated 

 
 
 
 
 
4
e
g
A
p

•
t
R
o
p
e
R
l
A
u
n
n
A
2
1
0
2

Bridge Bancorp, inc.

ROOtED iN tHE COMMUNity iN WHiCH WE

iNvESt

BNB  invests  every  day  in  the  communities  it  serves  through  its  
people, products and services. Loans provided to local businesses, are 
investments  fueling  growth,  creating  jobs.  These  investments 
increase the vibrancy of the local economy, improving the quality of 
life  and  the  creation  of  strong  neighborhoods.  Our  staff  live  and 
work here, and have a vested interest in their communities’ success. 

team  with  the  addition  of  experienced  relation-
ship  bankers.  these  individuals  understand  the 
current environment and are committed to deliv-
ering  personal  service  and  a  superior  level  of 
financial  expertise  to  their  customers.  We  often 
ask  potential  customers,  “Where  do  you  bank?” 
and “Who is your banker?” the “who” is by far 
the  driving  force  in  making  a  final  banking 
decision. 

Some  may  be  skeptical  of  our  simple  strategy. 
While  many  banks  pledge  to  deliver  superior 
service and state of the art products, their claims 

TOTAL LOANS BY TYPE 
at December 31, 2012

42% 
25%

 Commercial Mortgages
 Commercial Loans
Residential &  
Consumer Loans
10%
Equity Loans
9%
 Multifamily Loans
8%
Construction & Land Loans 6%

Average Yield 6.00%

are not supported by facts. We have demonstrated 
results, evidenced by our ability to grow profitably, 
attracting  bankers  and  their  customers.  Positive 
referrals  and  our  reputation  have  brought  new 
business to our door and our commitment to the 
customer is a critical element of our success.

TOTAL DEPOSITS BY TYPE 
at December 31, 2012

Moving  forward,  the  entire  organization  needs 
to  be  involved  and  committed  to  operating  in 
this  highly  regulated  environment.  Employees 
must understand the strategic vision, know their 
roles,  and  how  they  contribute  to  our  collective 
success. We have created a challenging atmosphere 
that  rewards  employees  for  their  accomplish-
ments.  We  have  been  deliberate  and  steadfast, 
 Demand Deposits
ensuring  that  our  personnel,  systems,  policies, 
Money Markets
procedures and technology are robust enough to 
 Savings & NOW
deal  with  the  realities  of  banking  in  the  post 
 Certificates of Deposit
“great Recession” world. the Dodd-Frank legis-
Average Cost of 
lation  alone  encompasses  2,000  pages  and  will 
Customer Deposits 0.45%
result in many more reams of regulations affecting 
all aspects of our operations. 

38%
37%
14%
11%

technology is a critical element in our efforts to 
maintain relevance as an industry and with our 
customers.  However,  new  devices  or  software 

Fire Island Ferry

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Robert Moses Bridge

Thomas Ryzuk, Dart Fuel Oil Inc.,  
Centereach, NY

TOTAL LOANS BY TYPE 

at December 31, 2012

 Commercial Mortgages

 Commercial Loans

Residential &  

42% 

25%

Consumer Loans
10%
Equity Loans
9%
 Multifamily Loans
8%
Construction & Land Loans 6%

Average Yield 6.00%

Bridge Bancorp, inc.

ROOtED iN tHE COMMUNity iN WHiCH WE

WORk 

7
e
g
A
p

•
t
R
o
p
e
R
l
A
u
n
n
A
2
1
0
2

Community  Banking  is  about  building  strong  relationships, 
partnering with local businesses and entrepreneurs. We offer, along 
with  traditional  products  and  services,  advice  and  counsel  to  help 
our customers plan and execute their strategies for growth, expansion 
and  success.  As  a  Long  Island  based  community  bank,  BNB 
professionals  understand  the  unique  nature  and  challenges  of  our 
marketplace. This local expertise coupled with local decision making 
and  our  high  level  of  personal  service  is  the  key  to  forging  this 
successful partnership. 

Although  the  expanded  regulatory  environment 
will  be  challenging,  we  accept  the  new  reality 
and  will  continue  to  take  the  necessary  steps  to 
succeed. We will add to staff, write new policies, 
and ultimately operate with higher levels of capi-
tal. these pressures will potentially dampen the 
industry’s  efficiency,  increase  expenses,  lower 
profits, and decrease shareholder returns.

Perhaps  the  most  pressing  issue  for  all  banks  is 
the  persistently  low  level  of  interest  rates.  in 
banking,  we  borrow  from  our  depositors  in  the 
short  term,  and  lend  to  customers  for  a  longer 

Carolyn and Stuart Feldschuh, 
Snowflake, Riverhead, NY

TOTAL DEPOSITS BY TYPE 
at December 31, 2012

 Demand Deposits
Money Markets
 Savings & NOW
 Certificates of Deposit

38%
37%
14%
11%

Average Cost of 
Customer Deposits 0.45%

(with  myriad  passwords  and  security  features) 
will never replace the personal touch of a phone 
call or a visit. Our new online and mobile bank-
ing  platforms,  coupled  with  a  more  robust  and 
interactive website, enhance the relationships we 
have forged with our customers. tomorrow’s suc-
cessful  community  bank  will  combine  technol-
ogy  touch  points  with  experienced  relationship 
bankers,  serving  markets  through  a  network  of 
the traditional brick and mortar branches. People 
want to know there is a “Bank,” where they bank. 
growing a business is not without risks, but we 
believe the opportunities available today, with the 
displacement of many competitors and the chang-
ing landscape, are something we cannot ignore. 

We  also  continue  dealing  with  the  fallout  from 
the  past  several  years  of  economic  turmoil. 
While the economy appears to be improving, job 
creation  and  unemployment  remain  major 
impediments  to  increased  consumer  confidence 
and  activity.  As  such,  business  investment  has 
been limited, hindering robust economic growth. 
Existing  customers  are  wary  of  expanding  and 
credit  outlooks  for  new  customers  are  limited. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8
e
g
A
p

•
t
R
o
p
e
R
l
A
u
n
n
A
2
1
0
2

Bridge Bancorp, inc.

ROOtED iN tHE COMMUNity iN WHiCH WE

LivE 

For over 102 years, BNB has focused on one mission—to deliver its 
brand of community banking to the towns and villages across Long 
Island.  Each  year,  we  rededicate  ourselves,  focusing  on  further 
strengthening the partnership between the Bank and the communi-
ties we serve. We strive to expand, improve technology and deliver 
new products and services, but we never lose sight of our principal 
mission. Our commitment is to our customers, employees and share-
holders, who comprise the community this community bank serves. 

term, adding a cost for credit. this difference in 
rates  is  our  margin,  or  gross  profit.  given  the 
current lower rates, this margin has been declin-
ing and will continue to do so. With the Federal 
Reserve Bank using conventional and unconven-
tional means, the risks of abrupt and significant 
movements  in  rates  have  been  amplified.  the 
consequences of rates increasing from these abso-
lute  low  levels  are  both  difficult  to  predict  and 
manage. Certainly, longer term bonds and loans 
will decline in value as rates rise, and customers 
will  require  higher  interest  on  their  deposits. 
Another  challenge  will  be  whether  consumers 
and  businesses  can  sustain  the  higher  payments 
required,  when  their  borrowing  rates  increase. 
increases in rates will affect every bank’s ability 
to  manage  its  net  interest  margin  and  income 
over time.

While  our  challenges  are  many,  we  believe  we 
have  established  a  foundation  and  platform  for 
continued  success.  We  continually  reassess  our 
strengths,  recognize  opportunities  and  monitor 
our challenges. i remain impressed by our staff’s 
commitment  and  genuine  passion  for  serving 
their  customers,  and  am  grateful  to  our  strong 
Board  of  Directors,  who  share  our  vision  and 
support  our  mission.  We  remain  committed  
to the critical role of a community bank, where 
personal  contact  and  local  decisions  create  part-
nerships.  the  successful  community  bank  is 
both  supported  by  and  a  support  to  its  commu-
nity.  in  the  end,  our  success  is  the  result  of  
collective  achievement—when  we  succeed,  we 
succeed together. 

Sincerely,

kevin M. O’Connor
President and Chief Executive Officer

i-tri Triathalon participants in East Hampton 
with BNB Lending Officer and i-tri board  
member, Gisella Recalde.

 
 
 
 
 
cORPORAte iNFORMAtiON

inVestor reLAtions
exchange: NASdAQ®
Symbol: BdGe
Howard H. Nolan, CPA
Senior executive Vice President and  
corporate Secretary
2200 Montauk Highway  
P.O. Box 3005
Bridgehampton, NY 11932
631.537.1000
hnolan@bridgenb.com
Shareholders seeking information 
about the company may access  
presentations, press releases and 
government filings through the 
Bank’s website: www.bridgenb.com.

stock trAnsfer Agent  
And r egistrAr
Registrar and transfer co.
10 commerce drive
cranford, NJ 07016
800.368.5948
www.rtco.com

Shareholders that would like to make 
changes to the name, address or  
ownership of their stock, consolidate 
accounts, eliminate duplicate mail-
ings, or replace lost certificates or  
dividend checks, should contact 
Registrar and transfer co.

securities counseL
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.c.
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW  
Suite 780
Washington, dc 20015-2035

notice of AnnuAL meeting
the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
is scheduled for 11:00 a.m. on Friday,  
May 3, 2013 in the community 
Room, Bridgehampton National 
Bank, 2200 Montauk Highway, 
Bridgehampton, NY 11932.

Bridge BAncorp, inc.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Marcia Z. Hefter
chairperson
Dennis A. Suskind
Vice chairperson
Kevin M. O’Connor
Emanuel Arturi
Antonia M. Donohue
Charles I. Massoud
Albert E. McCoy, Jr.
Howard H. Nolan, CPA
Rudolph J. Santoro
Thomas J. Tobin

COMPANY OFFICERS

Kevin M. O’Connor
President and chief executive Officer
Howard H. Nolan, CPA
Sr. executive Vice President, 
chief Financial Officer and 
corporate Secretary

BridgehAmpton  
nAtionAL BAnk

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Kevin M. O’Connor
President and chief executive Officer
Howard H. Nolan, CPA
Senior executive Vice President, 
chief Administrative and 
Financial Officer
James J. Manseau
executive Vice President,
chief Retail Banking Officer
Kevin L. Santacroce
executive Vice President,
chief Lending Officer

senior Vice presidents

Seamus J. doyle
Nancy Foster
Patricia F. Horan 
John M. Mccaffery

deborah McGrory 
Stephen Sheridan
thomas H. Simson
John P. Vivona
Joseph Walsh
Aidan P. Wood

VICE PRESIDENTS

Sharon Abbondondelo
William Araneo
Steven Bodziner
Edward Burger
Lance P. Burke
Kimberly Cioch
Deborah Cosgrove
Michelle Dosch
Michael Fearon
Beth Flanagan
Maria M. Fontana
Peter M. Gajda
Stanley Glinka
Michael V. Hadix
Maureen Hines
Patricia Liotta
John B. MacCulley
Theresa Mackey
Norma Marx
Marie A. McAlary
Margaret B. Meighan
Robert P. Mensing
Nancy Messer
William J. Newham, III
Corrine Newman
Deborah Orlowski
Claudia Pilato
Sarah Quinn, CPA
Philip Rinaldi
Ann Marie Roberts
Keith Robertson
Stephanie Saggio
Raymond Sanchez
Susan G. Schaefer
Thomas Sullivan
Dawn M. Turnbull
Donna Wetjen

Annual Report Design by Curran & Connors, Inc. / www.curran-connors.com
Photography by Jim Lennon

BRIDGE
BANCORP, INC.

2200 Montauk Highway
P.O. Box 3005
Bridgehampton, New York 11932
631.537.1000
www.bridgenb.com

BridgehAmpton nAtionAL BAnk BrAnches

Sag Harbor
631.725.6622

Shirley
631.281.1245

Southampton Village
631.287.6504  

Southampton,
Windmill Lane
631.287.9500

Southold
631.765.1500

Wading River
631.929.4250

Westhampton Beach
631.288.7756

Bridgehampton
631.537.8834

Center Moriches
631.909.4990

Cutchogue
631.734.5002

Deer Park
631.392.1301

East Hampton
631.324.8480

East Hampton Village
631.324.8481

Greenport
631.477.0220

Hampton Bays
631.728.9041

Hauppauge
631.909.7500

Mattituck
631.298.0190

Montauk
631.668.6400

Patchogue
631.923.1495

Peconic Landing
(Greenport)
631.477.8150

Rocky Point
631.886.0002

Ronkonkoma
631.940.1470

Bridge ABstrAct LLc

2200 Montauk Highway
P.O. Box 3031
Bridgehampton, NY 11932
631.537.5750
www.bridgeabstractllc.com

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(cid:95)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)

AN
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

Commission File No. 001-34096

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

NEW YORK
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

11-2934195
(IRS Employer Identification Number)

2200 MONTAUK HIGHWAY, BRIDGEHAMPTON, NEW YORK
(Address of principal executive offices)

11932
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (631) 537-1000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, Par Value of $0.01 Per Share

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

(Title of Class)
None

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the  Securities  Act.
Yes (cid:134)(cid:3)No (cid:95)

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  Section  15(d)  of  the  Act.
Yes (cid:134)(cid:3)No (cid:95)(cid:3)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:95)(cid:3)No (cid:134)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:95)(cid:3)No (cid:134)

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  (§229.405)  of  this  chapter  is  not 
contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:95)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer (cid:134)(cid:3)Accelerated filer (cid:95)(cid:3)Non-accelerated filer (cid:134)(cid:3)Smaller reporting company (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:134)(cid:3)No (cid:95)

The approximate aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing price of 
the Common Stock on June 30, 2012, was $191,463,050.

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding on March 11, 2013 was 8,974,740.

Portions of the following documents are incorporated into the Parts of this Report on Form 10-K indicated below:

The Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 
30, 2013 (Part III).

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1

Business

Item 1A

Risk Factors

Item 1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2

Item 3

Item 4

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Item 5

Item 6

Item 7

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8

Item 9

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

Item 9B

Other Information

PART III

Item 10

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11

Executive Compensation

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

SIGNATURES

EXHIBIT INDEX

1

7

11

11

11

11

11

14

15

34

36

80

80

80

80

80

81

81

81

81

82

83

PART I

Item 1. Business

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Registrant” or “Company”) is a registered bank holding company for The Bridgehampton National Bank 
(the “Bank”). The Bank was established in 1910 as a national banking association and is headquartered in Bridgehampton, New York. 
The Registrant was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York in 1988, at the direction of the Board of Directors of the 
Bank for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company pursuant to a plan of reorganization under which the former shareholders 
of  the  Bank  became  the  shareholders  of  the  Company.  Since  commencing  business  in  March  1989,  after  the  reorganization,  the 
Registrant has functioned primarily as the holder of all of the Bank’s common stock. In May 1999, the Bank established a real estate 
investment trust subsidiary, Bridgehampton Community, Inc. (“BCI”), as an operating subsidiary. The assets transferred to BCI are 
viewed by the bank regulators as part of the Bank’s assets in consolidation. The operations of the Bank also include Bridge Abstract 
LLC (“Bridge Abstract”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, which is a broker of title insurance services. In October 2009, the 
Company  formed  Bridge  Statutory  Capital  Trust  II  (the  “Trust”)  as  a  subsidiary,  which  sold  $16.0  million  of  8.5%  cumulative 
convertible Trust Preferred Securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”) in a private placement to accredited investors. 

The Bank operates twenty two branches on eastern Long Island. Federally chartered in 1910, the Bank was founded by local farmers 
and merchants. For a century, the Bank has maintained its focus on building customer relationships in this market area. The mission of 
the  Company  is  to  grow  through  the  provision  of  exceptional  service  to  its  customers,  its  employees,  and  the  community.  The 
Company  strives  to  achieve  excellence  in  financial  performance  and  build  long  term  shareholder  value.  The  Bank  engages  in  full 
service  commercial  and  consumer  banking  business,  including  accepting  time,  savings  and  demand  deposits  from  the  consumers, 
businesses and local municipalities surrounding its branch offices. These deposits, together with funds generated from operations and 
borrowings, are invested primarily in: (1) commercial real estate loans; (2) home equity loans; (3) construction loans; (4) residential 
mortgage loans; (5) secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans; (6) FHLB, FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC  and non agency 
mortgage-backed  securities,  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  and  other  asset  backed  securities;  (7)  New  York  State  and  local 
municipal obligations; and (8) U.S government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) securities. The Bank also offers the CDARS program, 
providing  up  to  $50.0  million  of  FDIC  insurance  to  its  customers.  In  addition,  the  Bank  offers  merchant  credit  and  debit  card
processing,  automated  teller  machines,  cash  management  services,  lockbox  processing, online  banking  services,  remote  deposit 
capture, safe deposit boxes, individual retirement accounts and investment services through Bridge Investment Services, offering a full 
range of investment products and services through a third party broker dealer. Through its title insurance abstract subsidiary, the Bank 
acts  as  a  broker  for  title  insurance  services.  The  Bank’s  customer  base  is  comprised  principally  of  small  businesses,  municipal 
relationships and consumer relationships.

The Bank employs 257 people on a full-time and part-time basis. The Bank provides a variety of employment benefits and considers 
its relationship with its employees to be positive. In addition, the Company maintains equity incentive plans under which it may issue 
shares of common stock of the Company.

All phases of the Bank’s business are highly competitive. The Bank faces direct competition from a significant number of financial 
institutions operating in its market area, many with a statewide or regional presence, and in some cases, a national presence. There is 
also competition for banking business from competitors outside of its market areas. Most of these competitors are significantly larger 
than the Bank, and therefore have greater financial and marketing resources and lending limits than those of the Bank. The fixed cost 
of  regulatory  compliance  remains  high  for  community  banks  as  compared  to  their  larger  competitors  that  are  able  to  achieve 
economies of scale. The Bank considers its major competition to be local commercial banks as well as other commercial banks with 
branches in the Bank’s market area. Other competitors include savings banks, credit unions, mortgage brokers and financial services 
firms other than financial institutions such as investment and insurance companies. Increased competition within the Bank’s market 
areas  may  limit  growth  and  profitability.    Additionally,  as  the  Bank’s  market  area  expands  westward,  competitive  pressure  in  new 
markets is expected to be strong. The title insurance abstract subsidiary also faces competition from other title insurance brokers as 
well as directly from the companies that underwrite title insurance. In New York State, title insurance is obtained on most transfers of 
real estate and mortgage transactions.

The Bank’s principal market area is located in Suffolk County, New York. Suffolk County is located on the eastern portion of Long 
Island and has a population of approximately 1.5 million. Eastern Long Island is semi-rural. Surrounded by water and including the 
Hamptons and North Fork, the region is a recreational destination for the New York metropolitan area, and a highly regarded resort 
locale  world-wide.  While  the  local  economy  flourishes  in  the  summer  months  as  a  result  of  the  influx  of  tourists  and  second 
homeowners, the year-round population has grown considerably in recent years, resulting in a reduction of the seasonal fluctuations in 
the  economy.  Industries  represented  in  the  marketplace  include  retail  establishments;  construction  and  trades;  restaurants  and bars; 
lodging  and  recreation;  professional  entities;  real  estate;  health  services;  passenger  transportation; and  agricultural  and  related 
businesses. During the last decade, the Long Island wine industry has grown with an increasing number of new wineries and vineyards 
locating in the region each year. The vast majority of businesses are considered small businesses employing fewer than ten full-time 
employees.  In  recent  years,  more  national  chains  have  opened  retail  stores  within  the  villages  on  the  north  and  south  forks  of  the 
island. Major employers in the region include the municipalities, school districts, hospitals, and financial institutions.

Page -1-

Since 2008, the Bank has opened seven new branches. In 2009, the Bank opened two new branches in Shirley and in the Village of 
East Hampton, New York. During 2010, the Bank opened three new branches located in Center Moriches, Patchogue and Deer Park,
New  York.  In  November  2010,  the  Bank  relocated  its  branch  at  26  Park  Place,  East  Hampton,  New  York  to  55  Main  Street,  East 
Hampton,  New  York.  In  June  2012, the  Bank opened  a  new  branch  in  Ronkonkoma,  New  York. This  location’s  proximity  to 
MacArthur  Airport  complements  the  Patchogue  branch  and  extends  the  Bank’s  reach  into  the  Bohemia  market.  In late  December
2012, the Bank opened a new branch and administrative offices in Hauppauge, New York. The recent branch openings move the Bank 
geographically  westward  and  demonstrate  its  commitment  to  traditional  growth  through  branch  expansion.  In  May  2011,  the  Bank 
acquired  Hamptons  State  Bank  (“HSB”)  which  increased  the  Bank’s  presence  in  an  existing  market  with  a  branch  located  in  the 
Village of Southampton. In July 2011, the Bank converted the former HSB customers to its core operating system. Management spent 
considerable  time  ensuring  the  transition  progressed  smoothly  for  HSB’s  former  customers  and  shareholders.  Management  has 
demonstrated  its  ability  to  successfully  integrate  the  former  HSB  customers  and  achieve  expected  cost  savings  while  continuing to 
execute its business strategy. Management  will continue to seek opportunities to expand its reach into other contiguous  markets by 
network expansion, or through the addition of professionals with established customer relationships. 

The Bank routinely adds to its menu of products and services, continually meeting the needs of consumers and businesses. We believe 
positive  outcomes  in  the  future  will  result  from  the  expansion  of  our  geographic  footprint,  investments  in  infrastructure  and
technology and continued focus on placing our customers first. Plans for 2013 include a new internet banking platform and mobile 
banking products.

The Company, the Bank and its subsidiaries with the exception of the real estate investment trust, which files its own federal and state 
income tax returns, report their income on a consolidated basis using the accrual method of accounting and are subject to federal and 
state income taxation. In general, banks are subject to federal income tax in the same manner as other corporations. However, gains 
and losses realized by banks from the sale of available for sale securities are generally treated as ordinary income, rather than capital 
gains  or  losses.  The  Bank  is  subject  to  the  New  York  State  Franchise  Tax  on  Banking  Corporations  based  on  certain  criteria.  The 
taxation of net income is similar to federal taxable income subject to certain modifications.

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

The Bridgehampton National Bank

The Bank is a national bank organized under the laws of the United States of America. The lending, investment, and other business 
operations of the Bank are governed by federal law and regulations and the Bank is prohibited from engaging in any operations not 
specifically authorized by such laws and regulations. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of 
the Currency (“OCC”) and to a lesser extent by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as its deposit insurer as well as 
by  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System. The  Bank’s  deposit  accounts  are  insured  up  to  applicable  limits  by  the 
FDIC under its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). A  summary of the primary laws and regulations that  govern the operations of the
Bank are set forth below.

Loans and Investments

There are no restrictions on the type of loans a national bank can originate and/or purchase. However, OCC regulations govern the 
Bank’s investment authority. Generally, a national bank is prohibited from investing in corporate equity securities for its own account. 
Under OCC regulations, a national bank may invest in investment securities, which is generally defined as securities in the form of a 
note, bond or debenture. The OCC classifies investment securities into five different types and, depending on its type, a national bank 
may  have  the  authority  to  deal  in  and  underwrite  the  security.  The  OCC  has  also  permitted  national  banks  to  purchase  certain 
noninvestment grade securities that can be reclassified and underwritten as loans.

Lending Standards

The federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens on 
interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing the construction of a building or other improvements to real estate. Under 
these  regulations,  all  insured  depository  institutions,  such  as  the  Bank,  must  adopt  and  maintain  written  policies  that  establish 
appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose 
of  financing  permanent  improvements  to  real  estate.  These  policies  must  establish  loan  portfolio  diversification  standards,  prudent 
underwriting  standards  (including  loan-to-value  limits)  that  are  clear  and  measurable,  loan  administration  procedures,  and 
documentation,  approval  and  reporting  requirements.  The  real  estate  lending  policies  must  reflect  consideration  of  the  Interagency 
Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted by the federal bank regulators. 

Page -2-

Federal Deposit Insurance

The Bank is a member of the DIF, which is administered by the FDIC. Deposit accounts at the Bank are insured by the FDIC. On July 
21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act permanently raised the deposit insurance available on all 
deposit accounts to $250,000. In addition, certain non-interest bearing transaction accounts had unlimited deposit insurance through 
December 31, 2012. Refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for more detailed information related to this new regulation.

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory 
evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s 
rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations. Assessment rates, as 
adjusted, previously ranged from seven to 77.5 basis points of assessable deposits. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of 
the federal deposit insurance assessment.  In May 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule to impose an emergency special assessment of 5 
basis points on all banks based on their total assets less tier one capital as of June 30, 2009.  The special assessment was payable on 
September 30, 2009. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an expense of $0.4 million related to the FDIC special 
assessment. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that required insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly 
risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The FDIC also adopted a uniform 3 basis 
point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011. The Company’s prepayment of FDIC assessments for 2010, 2011 and 
2012 was $3.8 million which was amortized to expense over three years. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and 
Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed by the President. Section 331(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC 
to change the definition of the assessment base which assessment fees are determined. The new definition for the assessment base is 
the  average  consolidated  total  assets  of  the  insured  depository  institution  less  the  average  tangible  equity  of  the  insured  depository 
institution, rather than deposits. The new methodology became effective on April 1, 2011 and the Company recorded a reduction in its 
FDIC assessment fees of $0.4 million during 2011 compared to 2010. The new financial reform legislation created a new Consumer 
Financial Protection Bureau, tightened capital standards and resulted in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase the cost 
of operations. Refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for more detailed information related to this new regulation.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is 
in  an  unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or  has  violated  any  applicable  law,  regulation,  rule,  order  or  condition 
imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the 
FDIC,  assessments  for  anticipated  payments,  issuance  costs  and  custodial  fees  on  bonds  issued  by  the  FICO  in  the  1980s  to 
recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 
through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2012, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.64 basis points of average 
consolidated total assets less average tangible equity.

Capitalization

Under OCC regulations, all national banks are required to comply with minimum capital requirements. For an institution determined 
by  the  OCC  to  not  be  anticipating  or  experiencing  significant  growth  and  to  be,  in  general,  a  strong  banking  organization,  rated 
composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination 
Council,  the  minimum  capital  leverage  requirement  is  a  ratio  of  Tier  I  capital  to  total  assets  of  3%.  For  all  other  institutions,  the 
minimum  leverage  capital  ratio  is  not  less  than  4%.  Tier  I  capital  is  the  sum  of  common  shareholders’  equity,  non-cumulative 
perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except 
for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.

The  OCC  regulations  require  national  banks  to  maintain  certain  levels  of  regulatory capital  in  relation  to  regulatory  risk-weighted 
assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based 
capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit 
substitutes  and  residual  interests)  to  four  risk-weighted  categories  ranging  from  0%  to  100%,  with  higher  levels  of  capital  being 
required  for  the  categories  perceived  as  representing  greater  risk.  For  example,  under  the  OCC’s  risk-weighting  system,  cash  and 
securities backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government are given a 0% risk weight, loans secured by one-to-four family 
residential properties generally have a 50% risk weight, and commercial loans have a risk weighting of 100%.

National banks, such as the Bank, must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%, of which at
least one-half must be Tier I capital. Total capital consists of Tier I capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include 
allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other capital 
instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the 
amount of the institution’s Tier I capital. Banks that engage in specified levels of trading activities are subject to adjustments in their 
risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk.

Page -3-

The OCC, along with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account 
the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The OCC 
also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institution’s 
capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.

On  June  6,  2012,  the  OCC  and  the  other  federal  bank  regulatory  agencies  issued  a  series  of  proposed  rules  that  would  revise  their 
leverage  and  risk-based  capital  requirements  and  the  method  for calculating  risk-weighted  assets  to  make  them  consistent  with 
agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  The 
proposed  rules  would  apply  to  all  depository  institutions,  top-tier bank  holding  companies  with  total  consolidated  assets  of  $500 
million  or  more  and  top-tier  savings  and  loan  holding  companies.    Among  other  things,  the  proposed  rules  would  establish  a  new 
common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets) and a higher minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based 
assets requirement (6% of risk-weighted assets) and assign higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due 
or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of 
real  property.    The  proposed  rules  would  also  require  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  certain  securities  holdings  to  be  included  for 
purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements.  The proposed rules would limit a banking organization’s capital distributions 
and  certain  discretionary  bonus  payments  if  the  banking  organization  does  not  hold  a  “capital  conservation  buffer”  consisting of  a 
specified  amount  of  common  equity  Tier  1  capital  in  addition  to  the  amount  necessary  to  meet  its  minimum  risk-based  capital 
requirements.  The proposed rules indicated that the final rules would become effective on January 1, 2013, and the changes set forth 
in the final rules will be phased in from January 1, 2013 through January 1, 2019.  However, the agencies subsequently indicated that, 
due to the volume of public comments received, the final rule has been delayed past January 1, 2013.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Each federal banking agency, including the OCC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, 
information  and  internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset  growth,  asset  quality, 
earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices 
to  identify  and  manage  the  risks  and  exposures  specified  in  the  guidelines.  The  guidelines  prohibit  excessive  compensation  as an 
unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to 
the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder.

On  February  7,  2011,  the  FDIC  approved  a  rulemaking  to  implement  Section  956  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and 
Consumer Protection Act that prohibits incentive-based compensation that encourages inappropriate risk taking. 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

Federal  law  requires,  among  other  things,  that  federal  bank  regulatory  authorities  take  “prompt  corrective  action”  with  respect  to 
institutions  that  do  not  meet  minimum  capital  requirements.  For  these  purposes,  the  statute  establishes  five  capital  tiers:  well 
capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

The  OCC  may  order  national  banks  which  have  insufficient  capital  to  take  corrective  actions.  For  example,  a  bank  which  is 
categorized as “undercapitalized” would be subject to growth limitations and would be required to submit a capital restoration plan, 
and a holding company that controls such a bank would be required to guarantee that the bank complies with the restoration plan. A 
“significantly undercapitalized” bank would be subject to additional restrictions. National banks deemed by the OCC to be “critically 
undercapitalized” would be subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

The recently proposed rules that would increase regulatory capital standards would adjust the prompt corrective action tiers to account 
for the changes.

Dividends

Under federal law and applicable regulations, a national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the OCC, in an 
amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between a national bank and its affiliates, which includes the 
Company. The  Federal Reserve Board has adopted Regulation W,  which comprehensively implements and interprets Sections 23A 
and 23B, in part by codifying prior Federal Reserve Board interpretations under Sections 23A and 23B.

An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary 
of a bank that is not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the bank 
for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the OCC has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-

Page -4-

by-case basis. Sections 23A and 23B limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with 
any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit all such transactions with all affiliates 
to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. The statutory sections also require that all such transactions be on terms 
that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of 
assets, issuance of  guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further,  most loans by a bank  to any of its affiliates  must be 
secured  by  collateral  in  amounts  ranging  from  100  to  130 percent  of  the  loan  amounts.  In  addition,  any  covered  transaction  by an 
association  with  an  affiliate  and  any  purchase  of  assets  or  services  by  an  association  from  an  affiliate  must  be  on  terms  that  are 
substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.

A  bank’s  loans  to  its  executive  officers,  directors,  any  owner  of  more  than  10%  of  its  stock  (each,  an  insider)  and  any  of  certain 
entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 
22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O thereunder. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans 
to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks. All loans 
by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired 
surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain 
loans  secured  by  the  officer’s  residence,  may  not  exceed  the  greater  of  $25,000  or  2.5%  of  the  bank’s  unimpaired  capital  and 
unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related 
interest of that insider be approved in advance by a  majority of the board of directors of the bank,  with any interested director not
participating  in  the  voting,  if  such  loan,  when  aggregated  with  any  existing  loans  to  that  insider  and  the  insider’s  related  interests, 
would exceed either $500,000 or the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s  unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans 
must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that 
are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not present more than a normal risk of collectibility.
An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to 
employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.

Examinations and Assessments

The Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the  OCC. Federal regulations generally 
require annual on-site examinations for all depository institutions and annual audits by independent public accountants for all insured 
institutions. The Bank is required to pay an annual assessment to the OCC to fund its supervision.

Community Reinvestment Act

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and 
sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA 
does not establish  specific  lending requirements or programs  for financial institutions  nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to 
develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The 
CRA  requires  the  OCC  in  connection  with  its  examination  of  the  Bank,  to  assess  its  record  of  meeting  the  credit  needs  of  its 
community  and  to  take  that  record  into  account  in  its  evaluation  of  certain  applications  by  the  Bank.  For  example,  the  regulations 
specify  that  a  bank’s  CRA  performance  will  be  considered  in  its  expansion  (e.g.,  branching)  proposals  and  may  be  the  basis  for
approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent regulatory examination, the Bank 
was rated “satisfactory” with respect to its CRA compliance.

USA PATRIOT Act

The  USA  PATRIOT  Act  of  2001  gave  the  federal  government  new  powers  to  address  terrorist  threats  through  enhanced  domestic 
security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. 
The USA PATRIOT Act also required the federal banking agencies to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to 
combat  money  laundering  activities  in  determining  whether  to  approve  a  merger  or  other  acquisition  application  of  a  member 
institution.  Accordingly,  if  the  Bank  engages  in  a  merger  or  other  acquisition,  our  controls  designed  to  combat  money  laundering 
would be considered as part of the application process. The Bank has established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply 
with these regulations. 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

The Company, as a bank holding company controlling the Bank, is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended 
(“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA applicable to bank holding companies. The
Company is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

The  Federal  Reserve  Board  has  adopted  consolidated  capital  adequacy  guidelines  for  bank  holding  structured  similarly,  but  not 
identically, to  those  of  the  OCC  for  the  Bank.  As  of  December  31,  2012, the  Company’s  total  capital  and  Tier  1  capital  ratios 
exceeded these minimum capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act directs the Federal Reserve Board to issue consolidated capital 

Page -5-

requirements for depository institution holding companies that are less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of  components of 
capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. That will eliminate from Tier 1 capital the inclusion of certain instruments, 
such  as  trust  preferred  securities,  that  are  currently  includable  by  bank  holding  companies.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  grandfathers 
instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 for bank holding companies of under $15 billion in consolidated assets. The Company has 
issued  trust  preferred  securities  that  should  qualify  for  the grandfather.    However,  the  previously  referenced  proposed  capital rules 
would  impose  a  phase  out  of  ineligible  securities,  including  trust  preferred  securities,  over  ten  years  and  does  not  refer  to the 
grandfather provision. It is, therefore, uncertain whether any final rule will incorporate the Dodd-Frank Act grandfather.

The policy of the Federal Reserve Board is that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks by 
providing capital and other support in times of distress. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy and requires the 
issuance of implementing regulations.

Under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank is 
required  to  guarantee,  within  specified  limits,  the  capital  restoration  plan  that  is  required  of  an  undercapitalized  bank.  If  an 
undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the Federal Reserve 
Board may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying dividends or making any other capital 
distribution.

As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire more than 
5% of a class of voting securities of any additional bank or bank holding company or to acquire all, or substantially all, the assets of 
any additional bank or bank holding company. In addition, the bank holding companies may generally only engage in activities that 
are closely related to banking as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. Bank holding companies that meet certain criteria may opt 
to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities.

Federal Reserve Board policy is that a bank  holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net 
income for the past two years is sufficient to fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the 
company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

A  bank  holding  company  is  required  to  receive  prior  Federal  Reserve  Board  approval  of  the  redemption  of  its  outstanding  equity
securities  if  the  gross  consideration  for  the  purchase  or  redemption,  when  combined  with  the  net  consideration  paid  for  all  such 
purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months,  will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net  worth.
Such approval is not required for a bank holding company that meets certain qualitative criteria.

These  regulatory  authorities  have  extensive  enforcement  authority  over  the  institutions  that  they  regulate  to  prohibit  or  correct 
activities  that  violate  law,  regulation  or  a  regulatory  agreement  or  which  are  deemed  to  be  unsafe  or  unsound  banking  practices. 
Enforcement  actions  may  include  the  appointment  of  a  conservator  or  receiver,  the  issuance  of  a  cease  and  desist  order,  the 
termination  of  deposit  insurance,  the  imposition  of  civil  money  penalties  on  the  institution,  its  directors,  officers,  employees  and 
institution-affiliated parties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the removal 
of  or  restrictions  on  directors,  officers,  employees  and  institution-affiliated  parties,  and  the  enforcement  of  any  such  mechanisms 
through restraining orders or other court actions.  Any change in  laws and regulations,  whether by  the OCC,  the FDIC, the Federal 
Reserve Board or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on the Bank and the Company and their operations and 
stockholders. Additional information on regulatory requirements is set forth in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The  Company  had  nominal  results  of  operations  for  2012,  2011,  and  2010  on  a  parent-only  basis.    On  December  21,  2012,  the 
Company filed a shelf registration statement on form S-3 to register up to $75 million of securities and a prospectus and prospectus 
supplement. On June 27, 2012, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 to register up to 800,000 of securities 
pursuant  to  the  DRP  Plan  with  the  SEC.  On  December  20,  2011,  the  Company  raised  $24.1  million  in  capital  from  the  sale  of 
1,377,000  shares  of  common  stock  to  selected  institutional  and  other  private  investors  in  a  registered  direct  offering.  In  November 
2011, the Company filed a prospectus supplement under which it may from time to time sell up to $10.0 million of its common stock 
pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011 the Company issued 30,220 shares of common stock and raised 
$0.6  million  in  capital  under  this  program.  No  additional  shares  were  issued  under  this  program  in  2012.  On  May  27,  2011,  the 
Company  issued  273,479  shares  of  common  stock  with  an  aggregate  value  of  $5.8  million  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of 
Hamptons State Bank. In 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate  liquidation amount of 
8.50% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the "TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The TPS 
have a liquidation amount of $1,000 per security and the TPS shares are convertible into our common stock, at an effective conversion 
price of $31 per share.  The TPS mature in 30 years but are callable by the company at par any time after September 30, 2014. In April 
2009,  the  Company  announced  that  its  Board  of  Directors approved  and  adopted  a  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan  (“DRP  Plan”)  and 
filed a registration statement on Form S-3 to register 600,000 shares of common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(“SEC”) pursuant to the DRP Plan. Since the inception of the DRP Plan in April 2009 through December 31, 2012, the Company has 
issued 856,005 shares of common stock and raised $16.8 million in capital. During 2008, the Company received approval and began 
trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”. Equity incentive plan grants of stock options and stock 
awards are recorded directly to the holding company. The Company’s sources of funds are dependent on dividends from the Bank, its 

Page -6-

own earnings, additional capital raised and borrowings. The information in this report reflects principally the financial condition and 
results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income. The Bank also 
generates  non  interest  income,  such  as  fee  income  on  deposit  accounts  and  merchant  credit  and  debit  card  processing  programs, 
investment services, income from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and net gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its 
non  interest  expenses,  such  as  salaries  and  benefits,  occupancy  and  equipment  costs,  other  general  and  administrative  expenses, 
expenses from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and income tax expense, further affects the Bank’s net income. 

The  Company  files  certain  reports  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  under  the  federal  securities  laws.  The 
Company’s  operations  are  also  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  other  federal,  state  and  local  governmental  authorities  and  it  is 
subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of its operations. 
Management believes that the Company is in substantial compliance, in all material respects, with applicable federal, state and local 
laws, rules and regulations. Because the Company’s business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to it are 
subject to regular modification and change. There can be no assurance that these proposed laws, rules and regulations, or any other 
laws, rules or regulations, will not be adopted in the future, which could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise 
adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or prospects.

OTHER INFORMATION

Through  a  link  on  the  Investor  Relations  section  of  the  Bank’s  website  of  www.bridgenb.com,  copies  of  the  Company’s  Annual 
Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or 
furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  for  15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  are  made  available,  free  of  charge,  as  soon  as  reasonably 
practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. Copies of such reports and other information also 
are available at no charge to any person who requests them or at www.sec.gov. Such requests may be directed to Bridge Bancorp, Inc., 
Investor Relations, 2200 Montauk Highway, PO Box 3005, Bridgehampton, NY 11932, (631) 537-1000.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The concentration of our loan portfolio in loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in eastern Long 
Island could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations if general economic conditions or real estate 
values in this area decline.

Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured 
by commercial and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending area in Suffolk County which is located on 
eastern  Long  Island.  The  local  economic  conditions  on  eastern  Long  Island  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  volume  of  loan 
originations and the quality of our loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. 
A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our 
control  would impact these local economic conditions and  could negatively affect our financial condition and results  of operations. 
Additionally,  while  we  have  a  significant  amount  of  commercial  real  estate  loans,  the  majority  of  which  are  owner-occupied, 
decreases in tenant occupancy may also have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, 
which would have an adverse impact on our earnings.

Changes in interest rates could affect our profitability.

The Bank’s ability to earn a profit, like most financial institutions, depends primarily on net interest income, which is the difference 
between the interest income that the Bank earns on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense 
that  the  Bank  pays  on  its  interest-bearing  liabilities,  such  as  deposits.  The  Bank’s  profitability  depends  on  its  ability  to  manage  its 
assets and liabilities during periods of changing market interest rates.

In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on the Bank’s assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on 
its liabilities. In an increasing interest rate environment, the Bank’s cost of  funds is expected to increase  more rapidly  than interest 
earned on its loan and investment portfolio as its primary source of funds is deposits with generally shorter maturities than those on its 
loans and investments. This makes the balance sheet more liability sensitive in the short term.

A sustained decrease in market interest rates could adversely affect the Bank’s earnings. When interest rates decline, borrowers tend to 
refinance  higher-rate,  fixed-rate  loans  at  lower  rates.  Under  those  circumstances,  the  Bank  would  not  be  able  to  reinvest  those 
prepayments  in  assets  earning  interest  rates  as  high  as  the  rates  on  those  prepaid  loans  or  in  investment  securities.  In  addition,  the 
majority of the Bank’s loans are at variable interest rates, which would adjust to lower rates.

Changes in interest rates also affect the fair value of our securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with 
changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2012, our securities portfolio totaled $739.8 million.

Page -7-

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal prohibition on paying interest on demand deposits effective July 21, 2011, thus 
allowing  businesses  to  have  interest-bearing  checking  accounts. Depending  on  competitive  responses,  this  change  to  existing  law 
could increase our interest expense.

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

The Bank’s market area is located in Suffolk County on eastern Long Island and its customer base is mainly located in the towns of 
East Hampton, Southampton, Southold and Riverhead. Since 2009, the Bank has expanded its market areas to include branches in the 
towns of Brookhaven, Babylon and Islip. During 2012, the Bank opened two new branches: one in June located in Ronkonkoma, New 
York and one in December 2012 located in Hauppauge, New York. The Bank also opened administrative offices in December 2012 in 
Hauppauge, New York, to better service customers as the Bank continues to move westward. Competition in the banking and financial 
services industry remains intense. The profitability of the Bank depends on the continued ability to successfully compete. The Bank 
competes  with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms.
Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than the Bank and may offer certain services that the 
Bank does not provide. In addition, competitors may offer deposits at higher rates and loans with lower fixed rates, more attractive 
terms and less stringent credit structures than the Bank has been willing to offer. Furthermore, the high cost of living on the twin forks 
of eastern Long Island creates increased competition for the recruitment and retention of qualified staff.

Our future success depends on the success and growth of The Bridgehampton National Bank.

Our  primary  business  activity  for  the  foreseeable  future  will  be  to  act  as  the  holding  company  of  the  Bank.  Therefore,  our  future
profitability will depend on the success and growth of this subsidiary. The continued and successful implementation of our growth
strategy will require, among other things, that we increase our market share by attracting new customers that currently bank at other 
financial  institutions  in  our  market  area.
In  addition,  our  ability  to  successfully  grow  will  depend  on  several  factors, including 
favorable market conditions, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market area, and our ability to maintain 
high asset quality. While we believe we have the management resources, market opportunities and internal systems in place to obtain 
and successfully manage future growth, growth opportunities may not be available and we may not be successful in continuing our 
growth  strategy. In  addition,  continued  growth  requires  that  we  incur  additional  expenses,  including  salaries,  data  processing and 
occupancy  expense  related  to  new  branches  and  related  support  staff. Many  of  these  increased  expenses  are  considered  fixed 
expenses. Unless we can successfully continue our growth, our results of operations could be negatively affected by these increased 
costs. Finally, our growth is also affected by the seasonality of our markets in Eastern Long Island, including the Hamptons and North 
Fork,  a  region  that  is  a  recreational  destination  for  the  New  York  metropolitan  area,  and  a  highly  regarded  resort  locale  world-
wide. This seasonality results in  more economic activity in the  summer  months and decrease activity in the off season,  which can 
adversely impact the consistency and sustainability of growth.

The loss of key personnel could impair our future success.

Our future success depends in part on the continued service of our executive officers, other key management, as well as our staff, and 
on our ability to continue to attract, motivate, and retain additional highly qualified employees. The loss of services of one or more of 
our  key  personnel  or  our  inability  to  timely  recruit  replacements  for  such  personnel,  or  to  otherwise  attract,  motivate,  or  retain 
qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We operate in a highly regulated environment.

The Bank and Company are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve 
Board and the SEC. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in  which a financial institution and its holding company 
may  engage  and  are  intended  primarily  for  the  protection  of  the  consumer  rather  than  for  the  protection  of  shareholders.  Recently 
regulators  have  intensified  their  focus  on  the  USA  PATRIOT  Act’s  anti-money  laundering  and  Bank  Secrecy  Act  compliance 
requirements. In order to comply  with regulations,  guidelines and examination procedures in  this area as  well as other areas of the 
Bank’s operations, we have been required to adopt new policies and procedures and to install new systems. We cannot be certain that 
the  policies,  procedures,  and systems  we  have  in  place  are  effective  and  there  is  no  assurance  that  in  every  instance  we  are  in  full 
compliance  with  these  requirements.  Regulatory  authorities  have  extensive  discretion  in  connection  with  their  supervisory  and 
enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution. Any change in such regulation and 
oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, may have a material impact on our operations.

We may be adversely affected by current economic and market conditions.

The  national  and  global  economic  downturn  that  began  in  2007  has  resulted  in  unprecedented  levels  of  financial  market  volatility 
which  depressed  the  market  value  of  financial  institutions,  limited  access  to  capital  and/or  had  a  material  adverse  effect  on the 
financial condition or results of operations of banking companies. Since 2008, significant declines in the values of mortgage-backed 
securities  and  derivative  securities  of  financial  institutions,  government  sponsored  entities,  and  major  commercial  and  investment 
banks  has  led  to  decreased  confidence  in  financial  markets  among  borrowers,  lenders,  and  depositors,  as  well  as  disruption  and 

Page -8-

extreme volatility in the capital and credit markets and the failure of some entities in the financial sector. As a result, many lenders and 
institutional investors have reduced or ceased to provide funding to borrowers. While financial markets appear to be stabilizing, and 
there  are  a  few  positive  signs  of  economic  recovery,  including  increased  local  real  estate  activity,  economic  uncertainty  remains. 
Unemployment rates are high and consumer confidence is low. While the timing of an economic recovery remains unknown, this may 
have an adverse affect on our financial condition and results of operations. Turbulence in the capital and credit markets may adversely 
affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.

Increases to the allowance for credit losses may cause our earnings to decrease.

Our customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral securing the payment of those loans may be 
insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. Hence, we may experience significant loan losses, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including 
the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. 
In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we rely on loan quality reviews, past loss experience, and an evaluation 
of  economic  conditions,  among  other  factors.  If  our  assumptions  prove  to  be  incorrect,  our  allowance  for  credit  losses  may  not  be 
sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Material additions to  the allowance 
through charges to earnings would materially decrease our net income.

Bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for credit losses or 
loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities could 
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and/or financial condition.

The trust preferred securities that we issued have rights that are senior to those of our common shareholders. The conversion of the 
trust preferred securities into shares of our common stock could result in dilution of your investment.

In October 2009 we issued $16 million of 8.5% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities from a special purpose trust, and we 
issued an identical amount of junior subordinated debentures to this trust. Payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred 
securities are conditionally guaranteed by us. Further, the accompanying junior subordinated debentures that we issued to the trust are 
senior  to  our  shares  of  common  stock.  As  a  result,  we  must  make  payments  on  the  junior  subordinated  debentures  before  any 
dividends can be paid on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the obligations with respect 
to the junior subordinated debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on our common stock. We have the right 
to  defer  distributions  on  the  junior  subordinated  debentures  (and  the  related  trust  preferred  securities)  for  up  to  five  years,  during 
which time no dividends may be paid on our common stock.

In addition, each $1,000 in liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities currently is convertible, at the option of the holder, into 
32.2581 shares of our common stock. The conversion of these securities into shares of our common stock would dilute the ownership 
interests of purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will, among other things, tighten capital standards, create a new 
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our cost of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act is significantly changing the bank regulatory structure and is impacting the largest financial institutions as well
as  regional  banks  and  community  banks.    The  federal  regulatory  agencies,  specifically  the  SEC  and  the  new  Consumer  Financial 
Protection Bureau, are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing regulations.

The major bank-related provisions under the Dodd-Frank Act pertain to: capital requirements; mortgage reform and minimum lending 
standards;  consumer  financial  protection  bureau;  sale  of  mortgage  loans (including  risk  retention  requirements);  FDIC  insurance-
related provisions; preemption standards for national banks; abolishment of the Office of Thrift Supervision; interchange fee for debit 
card  transactions;  Volcker  Rule;  regulation  of  derivatives/swaps;    Financial  Services  Oversight  Council;  resolution  authority;  and 
corporate governance  matters (e.g.;  “say on pay”;  new executive compensation disclosure and clawbacks, etc.). Given the range of 
topics in the Dodd-Frank Act and the voluminous regulations required to implement by the Dodd-Frank Act, the full impact will not 
be known for some time.  

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act impacted banks upon enactment of the legislation.  Examples of this were the permanent 
increase of FDIC deposit insurance limits, the FDIC Assessment Base calculation change and the removal of the cap for the Deposit 
Insurance Fund, all of which in turn affected banks' FDIC deposit insurance premiums.  Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are 
expected  to  have  a  near-term  effect  on  us.  For  example,  a  provision  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  eliminated  the  federal  prohibitions  on 
paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive 
responses, this significant change to existing law could increase our interest expense.

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  created  a  new  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  with  broad  powers  to  supervise  and  enforce  consumer 
protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection 

Page -9-

laws  that  apply  to  all  banks  and  savings  institutions,  including  the  authority  to  prohibit  “unfair,  deceptive  or  abusive”  acts  and 
practices.  The  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  has  examination  and  enforcement  authority  over  all  banks  and  savings 
institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by 
their  applicable  bank  regulators. The  Dodd-Frank  Act  also  weakens  the  federal  preemption  rules that  have  been  applicable  for 
national banks and federal savings associations, and  gives  state attorneys  general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection 
laws.

It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the many yet to be written implementing rules and 
regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance 
costs and could increase our interest expense.

The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and anticipated new capital rules are uncertain.

On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve Board issued proposed rules that would substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital 
rules  applicable  to  us.  The  OCC  subsequently  approved  these  proposed rules  on  June  12,  2012. The  proposed rules  implement  the 
“Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Basel III was initially intended to be implemented 
beginning  January  1,  2013,  however  on  November  9,  2012,  the  U.S.  federal  banking  agencies  announced  that  the  proposed  rules 
would not become effective on January 1, 2013, and it is not clear when the proposed rules will become effective. 

Various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act increase the capital requirements of financial institutions. The proposed rules include new 
minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which would be phased in during 2013 and 2014, and would refine the definition of 
what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios.  The proposed new minimum capital requirements would be: (i) a 
new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% 
(unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The proposed rules would also establish a 
“capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital ratios, and would result in the following minimum 
ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The 
new  capital  conservation  buffer  requirement  would  be  phased  in  beginning  in  January  2016  at  0.625%  of  risk-weighted  assets  and 
would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, 
engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations 
would establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions. While the proposed Basel 
III  changes  and  other  regulatory  capital  requirements  will  result  in  higher  regulatory  capital  standards,  it  is  difficult  at  this  time  to 
predict when or how any new standards will ultimately be applied.  In addition, in the current economic and regulatory environment, 
bank regulators may impose capital requirements that are more stringent than those required by applicable existing regulations.

The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising 
of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if  we  were  to be  unable to comply  with such requirements.   Furthermore, the 
imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term 
of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk 
weightings  for  risk  based  capital  calculations,  items  included  or  deducted  in  calculating  regulatory  capital  or  additional  capital 
conservation buffers, could result in management modifying our business strategy and could limit our ability to make distributions, 
including paying dividends or buying back our shares.

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

Information  technology  systems  are  critical  to  our  business.    We  use  various  technology  systems  to  manage  our  customer 
relationships, general ledger, securities investments, deposits, and loans.  We have established policies and procedures to prevent or 
limit  the  impact  of  system  failures,  interruptions,  and  security  breaches,  but  such  events may  still  occur  or  may  not  be  adequately 
addressed if they do occur.  In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services.  
Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these 
precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.

In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party providers.  If these third-party providers encounter 
difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be 
affected,  and  our  business  operations  could  be  adversely  affected.    Threats  to  information  security  also  exist  in  the  processing  of 
customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

The  occurrence  of  any  system  failures,  interruption,  or  breach  of  security  could  damage  our  reputation  and  result  in  a  loss  of
customers and business thereby subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial 
liability.  Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Page -10-

Severe Weather, Acts of Terrorism and Other External Events Could Impact Our Ability to Conduct Business

Recent weather-related events have adversely impacted our market area, especially areas located near coastal waters and flood prone 
areas. Such  events  that  may  cause  significant  flooding  and  other  storm-related  damage  may  become  more  common  events  in  the 
future. Financial  institutions  have  been,  and  continue  to  be,  targets  of  terrorist  threats  aimed  at  compromising  operating  and 
communication systems and the metropolitan New York area remain central targets for potential acts of terrorism.  Such events could 
cause significant damage, impact the stability of our facilities and result in additional expenses, impair the ability of our borrowers to 
repay  their  loans,  reduce  the  value  of  collateral  securing  repayment  of  our  loans,  and  result  in  the  loss  of  revenue.  While  we  have 
established and regularly test disaster recovery procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, operations and financial condition.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

At present, the Registrant does not own or lease any property. The Registrant uses the Bank’s space and employees without separate 
payment.  Headquarters  are  located  at  2200  Montauk  Highway,  Bridgehampton,  New  York  11932.  The  Bank’s  internet  address  is 
www.bridgenb.com.

All of the Bank’s properties are located in Suffolk County, New York. The Bank’s Main Office in Bridgehampton is owned. The Bank 
also  owns  buildings  that  house  branches  located  in; Montauk, Southold, Westhampton  Beach, Southampton  Village, and  East 
Hampton Village. The Bank currently leases out a portion of the Montauk and Westhampton Beach buildings. The Bank leases fifteen 
additional  properties  in  Suffolk  County  as  branch  locations. Additionally,  the  Bank  utilizes  space  for  a  branch  in  the  retirement 
community,  Peconic  Landing  at  1500  Brecknock  Road,  Greenport.  The  Bank  currently  subleases  a  portion  of  the  leased  property 
located in Patchogue. In 2011, the Bank purchased real estate in the Town of Southold which will also be considered as a site for a 
future branch facility.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The  Registrant  and  its  subsidiary  are  subject  to  certain  pending  and  threatened  legal  actions  that  arise  out  of  the  normal  course  of 
business.  In  the  opinion  of  management  at  the  present  time,  the  resolution  of  any  pending  or  threatened  litigation  will  not  have  a 
material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item  5.  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 
Equity Securities 

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION 

The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”.  The following table details 
the quarterly high and low sale prices of the Company’s common stock and the dividends declared for such periods.

At December 31, 2012 the Company had approximately 858 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities 
holding stock in nominee or the street name through various banks and brokers.

Page -11-

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION

By Quarter 2012
First
Second
Third
Fourth

By Quarter 2011
First
Second
Third
Fourth

Stock Prices

High

Low

Dividends
Declared

22.33
23.59
24.54
23.24

$
$
$
$

19.30
19.02
19.58
19.07

$
$
$
$

0.23
0.23
0.23
0.46

Stock Prices

High

Low

Dividends
Declared

25.94
22.68
22.19
20.79

$
$
$
$

20.94
20.73
17.77
17.51

$
$
$
$

0.23
—
0.23
0.23

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

Stockholders received cash dividends totaling $9.9 million in 2012 and $6.1 million in 2011. During the second quarter of 2011, the 
Board revised its policy of dividend declaration to the month following the end of the quarter. This change in policy resulted in the 
declaration of the second quarter dividend in July 2011, and only three declared quarterly dividends during 2011. Due to the likelihood 
of  a  change  in  the  tax  rates  on  dividends  beginning  in  2013,  management  decided  to  accelerate the  timing  of  the  payment  of  the 
Company’s fourth quarter dividend to shareholders into calendar year 2012 resulting in five dividend payments in 2012. The ratio of 
dividends per share to net income per share was 77.50% in 2012 compared to 44.35% in 2011.

There are various legal limitations with respect to the Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders and the Bank’s ability to pay 
dividends  to  the  Company. Under  the  New  York  Business  Corporation  Law,  the  Company  may  pay  dividends  on  its  outstanding 
shares unless the Company is insolvent or would be made insolvent by the dividend. Under federal banking law, the prior approval of 
the Federal Reserve Board and the Office Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) may be required in certain circumstances prior to 
the payment of dividends by the Company or the Bank. A national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the 
OCC, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend. At 
December 31, 2012, the Bank had $33.5 million of retained net income available for dividends to the Company.  The OCC also has 
the authority to prohibit a national bank from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. In 
addition, as a depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, the Bank may not pay dividends or distribute any 
of its capital assets while it remains in default on any assessment due to the FDIC. The Bank currently is not (and never has been) in 
default under any of its obligations to the FDIC.

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, 
the Federal Reserve Board’s policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate
of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall 
financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board has the authority to prohibit the Company from paying dividends if such payment is 
deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice.

Page -12-

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Pursuant to the regulations of the SEC, the graph below compares the performance of the Company with that of the total return for the 
NASDAQ® stock market and for certain bank stocks of financial institutions with an asset size $1 billion to $5 billion, as reported by 
SNL  Financial  L.C.  from  December  31,  2007  through  December  31,  2012.  The  graph  assumes  the  reinvestment  of  dividends  in 
additional shares of the same class of equity securities as those listed below.

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

Total Return Performance

150

125

100

75

50

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

25
12/31/07

12/31/08

12/31/09

12/31/10

12/31/11

12/31/12

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

SNL Bank $1B-$5B

Index
Bridge Bancorp, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite
SNL Bank $1B-$5B

Period Ended

12/31/07
100.00
100.00
100.00

12/31/08
79.71
60.02
82.94

12/31/09
107.70
87.24
59.45

12/31/10
114.63
103.08
67.39

12/31/11
95.60
102.26
61.46

12/31/12
103.09
120.42
75.78

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program on March 27, 2006 which approved the repurchase of 309,000 shares.
No  shares  have  been  purchased  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  The  total  number  of  shares  purchased  as  part  of  the 
publicly announced plan totaled 141,959 as of December 31, 2012. The maximum number of remaining shares that may be purchased 
under the plan totals 167,041 as of December 31, 2012. There is no expiration date for the stock repurchase plan. There is no stock 
repurchase plan that has expired or that has been terminated during the period ended December 31, 2012.

Page -13-

 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Five-Year Summary of Operations 
(In thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)

Set forth below are selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company. The Company’s business is primarily the business 
of the Bank. This financial data is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements 
of the Company.

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

December 31,
Selected Financial Data:

Securities available for sale
Securities, restricted
Securities held to maturity
Loans held for sale
Loans held for investment
Total assets
Total deposits
Total stockholders’ equity

Years Ended December 31,
Selected Operating Data:

Total interest income
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
Total non  interest income
Total non  interest expense

Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income

December 31,
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

Return on average equity
Return on average assets
Average equity to average assets
Dividend payout ratio (1) (2)
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Cash dividends declared per common share

$

$

$

$
$
$

529,070
2,978
210,735
—
798,446
1,624,713
1,409,322
118,672

54,514
7,555
46,959
5,000

41,959
10,673
33,780

18,852
6,080
12,772

$

$

$

441,439
1,660
169,153
2,300
612,143
1,337,458
1,188,185
106,987

50,426
7,616
42,810
3,900

38,910
6,949
30,837

15,022
4,663
10,359

$

$

$

323,539
1,284
147,965
—
504,060
1,028,456
916,993
65,720

$ 306,112
1,205
77,424
—
448,038
897,257
793,538
61,855

$ 310,695
3,800
43,444
—
429,683
839,059
659,085
56,139

44,899
7,740
37,159
3,500

33,659
7,433
27,879

13,213
4,047
9,166

$

$

$
$
$

43,368
7,815
35,553
4,150

31,403
6,174
24,765

12,812
4,049
8,763

15.58%
1.06%
6.80%
65.43%
1.41
1.41
0.92

$

$

$
$
$

39,620
9,489
30,131
2,000

28,131
6,064
21,157

13,038
4,288
8,750

16.29%
1.24%
7.62%
64.74%
1.42
1.42
0.92

11.78%
0.88%
7.49%
77.50%
1.48
1.48
1.15

$
$
$

14.37%
0.88%
6.11%
44.35%
1.54
1.54
0.69

$
$
$

15.29%
0.95%
6.18%
63.42%
1.45
1.45
0.92

(1) The dividend payout ratio for 2012 includes five declared quarterly dividends.
(2) The dividend payout ratio for 2011 includes three declared quarterly dividends.

Page -14-

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT

This report may contain statements relating to the future results of the Company (including certain projections and business trends) 
that are considered “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “PSLRA”).  
Such forward-looking statements, in addition to historical information, which involve risk and uncertainties, are based on the beliefs, 
assumptions  and  expectations  of  management  of  the  Company.    Words  such  as  “expects,”    “believes,”    “should,”  “plans,” 
“anticipates,”  “will,”  “potential,”  “could,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “outlook,”  “predict,”  “project,”  “would,”  “estimated,”  “assumes,” 
“likely,” and variation of such similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.  Examples of forward-
looking statements include, but are not limited to, possible or assumed estimates with respect to the financial condition, expected or 
anticipated  revenue,  and  results  of  operations  and  business  of  the  Company,  including  earnings  growth;  revenue  growth  in  retail
banking lending and other areas; origination volume in the  consumer, commercial and other lending businesses; current and future 
capital  management  programs;  non-interest  income  levels,  including  fees  from  the  title  abstract  subsidiary  and  banking  services  as 
well as product sales; tangible capital generation; market share; expense levels; and other business operations and strategies.  For this 
presentation, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the PSLRA.

Factors  that  could  cause  future  results  to  vary  from  current  management  expectations  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  changing
economic  conditions; legislative and regulatory changes, including increases in FDIC insurance rates; monetary and fiscal policies of 
the  federal  government;  changes  in  tax  policies;  rates  and  regulations  of  federal,  state  and  local  tax  authorities;  changes  in  interest 
rates; deposit flows; the cost of funds; demands for loan products; demand for financial services; competition; changes in the quality 
and composition of the Bank’s loan and investment portfolios; changes in management’s business strategies; changes in accounting 
principles, policies or guidelines, changes in real estate values; expanded regulatory requirements as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, 
which could adversely affect operating results; and other factors discussed elsewhere in this report, factors set forth under Item 1A., 
Risk Factors, and in quarterly and other reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The forward-
looking  statements  are  made  as  of  the  date  of  this  report,  and  the  Company  assumes  no  obligation  to  update  the  forward-looking 
statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

OVERVIEW

Who We Are and How We Generate Income

Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  New  York  corporation,  is  a  single  bank  holding  company  formed  in  1989.  On  a  parent-only  basis,  the 
Company  has  had  minimal  results  of  operations.  The  Company  is  dependent  on  dividends  from  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  The 
Bridgehampton  National  Bank  (“the  Bank”),  its  own  earnings,  additional  capital  raised,  and  borrowings  as  sources  of  funds.  The
information  in  this  report  reflects  principally  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Bank.  The  Bank’s  results  of 
operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income,  which is  mainly the difference between interest income on loans  and 
investments and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The Bank also  generates non interest income, such as  fee income on 
deposit  accounts  and  merchant  credit  and  debit  card  processing  programs,  investment  services,  income  from  its  title  abstract 
subsidiary,  and  net  gains  on  sales  of  securities  and  loans.  The  level  of  its  non  interest  expenses,  such  as  salaries  and  benefits, 
occupancy and equipment costs, other general and administrative expenses, expenses from its title insurance subsidiary, and income 
tax  expense,  further  affects  the  Bank’s  net  income.  Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  prior  year  amounts  and  the  related 
discussion and analysis to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications did not have an impact on net income or 
total stockholders’ equity.

Year and Quarterly Highlights

•

•

•

•

•

Net income of $3.4  million and $0.39 per diluted share for the fourth quarter 2012 compared to $3.0 million and 
$0.42 per diluted share for the fourth quarter 2011. Net income for 2012 was $12.8 million and $1.48 per diluted 
share, compared to $10.4 million and $1.54 per diluted share, including $0.5 million in acquisition costs, net of tax, 
associated with the HSB merger in 2011.

Returns on average assets and equity for 2012 were 0.88% and 11.78%, respectively. 

Net interest income increased to $47.0 million for 2012 compared to $42.8 million in 2011.

Net interest margin was 3.52% for 2012 and 3.97% for 2011.

Total assets of $1.6 billion at December 31, 2012, an increase of $0.3 billion or 21.5% over the same date last year.

Page -15-

•

•

•

•

•

•

Total loans held for investment of $798.4 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of 30.4% from December 31, 
2011. 

Total investment securities of $742.8 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of 21.3% over December 31, 2011.

Total deposits of $1.4 billion at December 31, 2012, an increase of $221.1 million or 18.6% over 2011 level. 

Allowance for loan losses was 1.81% of loans as of December 31, 2012, compared to 1.77% at December 31, 2011.

The Company’s Tier 1 Capital to quarterly average assets ratio was 8.4% as of December 31, 2012, as compared to 
9.3% as of 2011. Stockholders’ equity totaled $118.7 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of $11.7 million 
from December 31, 2011 as a result of the capital raised through the DRIP, as well as continued earnings growth, net 
of dividends. 

A cash dividend of $0.23 per share was declared and paid in December 2012 for the fourth quarter of 2012.

Current Environment 

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed by the President. 
The Act permanently raised the current standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000. Section 331(b) of the Dodd-Frank 
Act required the FDIC to change the definition of the assessment base from which assessment fees are determined. The new definition 
for the assessment base is the average consolidated total assets of the insured depository institution less the average tangible equity of 
the insured depository institution. The financial reform legislation, among other things, created a new Consumer Financial Protection 
Bureau, tightened capital standards and resulted in new regulations that are expected to increase the cost of operations. 

On  June  12,  2012,  the  OCC,  the  Federal  Reserve  and  the  FDIC  issued  proposed  rules  that  would  revise  capital  calculations  and 
requirements. More specifically, the agencies are proposing to revise the risk based and leverage capital requirements consistent with 
the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel III”), implement a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement, 
increase the minimum Tier 1 capital requirement, implement a new supplementary leverage ratio, apply limits on capital distributions 
and certain discretionary incentive payments if the Bank does not hold a specified buffer of common equity Tier 1 capital in addition 
to the minimum risk based capital requirements, revise the advanced approaches risk based capital rules consistent with Basel III and 
revise the calculation of risk weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity.  

Since the second half of 2007 and continuing through 2010, the financial markets experienced significant volatility resulting from the 
continued fallout of sub-prime lending and the global liquidity crises. Various government initiatives along with eight rate cuts by the 
Federal  Reserve  totaling  500  basis  points  were  designed  to  improve  liquidity  for  the  distressed  financial  markets.  The  objective  of 
these  efforts  was  to  help  consumers,  reduce  the  potential  surge  of  residential  mortgage  loan  foreclosures  and  stabilize  the  banking 
system.  Effective  as  of  February  19,  2010,  the  Federal  Reserve  increased  the  discount rate  50  basis  points  to  0.75%.  The  Federal 
Reserve  stated  that  this  rate  change  was  intended  to  normalize  their  lending  facility  and  to  step  away  from  emergency  lending to 
banks. From April 2010 through September 2012 the Federal Reserve decided to maintain the federal funds target rate between 0 and 
25  basis  points  due  to  a  continued  national  depressed  housing  market,  tight  credit  markets  and  as  an  effort  to  foster  employment. 
These actions have resulted in a prolonged low interest rate environment reducing yields on interest earning assets and compressing 
the Company’s net interest margin. In June 2012, the FOMC lowered its expectations for employment and GDP growth. In September 
2012, the FOMC noted that economic activity was increasing, the growth in unemployment had slowed and the housing market was
beginning to show signs of improvement. However, the FOMC anticipates maintaining federal funds target rate at least through mid-
2015 in order to support economic and job growth. 

Growth and service strategies have the potential to offset the compression on net interest margin with volume as the customer base 
grows  through  expanding  the  Bank’s  footprint,  while  maintaining  and  developing  existing  relationships.  Since  2008,  the  Bank  has 
opened seven new branches. The recent branch openings move the Bank geographically westward and demonstrate its commitment to 
traditional  growth  through  branch  expansion.  In  May  2011,  the  Bank  acquired  HSB  which  increased  the  Bank’s  presence  in  an 
existing market with a branch located in the Village of Southampton. In July 2011, the Bank converted the former HSB customers to 
the Bank’s core operating system. Management spent considerable time ensuring the transition progressed smoothly for HSB’s former 
customers and shareholders. Management has demonstrated its ability to successfully integrate the former HSB customers and achieve 
expected cost savings while continuing to execute its business strategy. Management will continue to seek opportunities to expand its 
reach  into  other  contiguous  markets  by  network  expansion,  or  through  the  addition  of  professionals  with  established  customer 
relationships. 

Page -16-

Challenges and Opportunities 

Despite fiscal and monetary policy initiatives implemented to combat the recession, the Company continues operating in an unsettled 
economic  environment.  Five  years  after  the  financial  crisis,  the  Banking  environment  remains  uncertain  with  the  fallout  from  both 
regulatory activity and the economic impact of decisions made during and subsequent to the crisis. The costs, in terms of compliance 
and greater capitalization, continue impacting shareholders expectations and returns. 

While  recent  news  on  employment  appears  positive,  issues  still  linger  regarding  the  recovery’s  strength  and  sustainability.  Job 
creation remains a primary focus of the government, and the Federal Reserve Board’s (the “FRB”) recent announcements regarding 
continued quantitative  easing  is  an  attempt,  through  monetary  policy,  to  increase  economic  activity  and  create  jobs.  Locally,  the 
economy  appears  stronger  than  other  parts  of  New  York  and  the  nation. The  credit  environment  appears  to  be  stabilizing  and  our 
Company  and  many  of  our  customers  avoided  significant  damage  from  the  effects  of  Hurricane  Sandy,  however,  the  continued 
confidence of consumers and businesses remains critical to future economic activity.

The FRB’s activities have heightened the challenges for the banking industry. Lower rates, while beneficial for certain segments of the 
economy, pose issues for others. Customers who rely on their savings to provide income have been impacted, and industry wide banks 
are seeing the returns on their loans and investments decline. The eventuality of rising rates is one of the industry’s greatest challenges 
and  threats,  creating  margin  pressures  and  ultimately  impacting  credit,  as  businesses  adjust  and  manage  with  potentially  higher 
borrowing  costs.  These  circumstances  warrant  proactive management  to  mitigate  interest  rate  and  credit  risk and  maintain  overall 
profitability. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, the Company repositioned its balance sheet, as the continuing low 
rate environment presented opportunities to exit certain positions in the bond portfolio. Securities aggregating $152 million were sold
at a net gain of $2.6 million.  A portion of the sales proceeds were used to repay borrowings with the balance available to fund future 
loan growth. Management believes this strategy was appropriate and prudent given current market indicators. Management is cautious 
managing the types of loans  it originates and investment it  makes,  while remaining prepared to deal  with the eventuality of  higher 
rates. Additionally, although asset quality measures remain strong, management continues to prudently assess its reserves in light of 
continued weakness in the overall economy.

The prospects of the financial services sector and the Company continue to be impacted by the final outcome of the implementation of 
the Dodd-Frank Act. The Company expects new rules, regulations and related compliance and process changes and will increase its 
compliance  resources  appropriately.  The  proposed  changes  to  calculating  capital  under  Basel  III  may  increase  the  complexity  and 
level  of  capital  requirements.  The  Bank  continues  to  collaborate  with  its  primary  regulator  to  ensure  compliance  with  current 
requirements and interpretations. It is the belief of management that its strong risk management culture is a primary reason for its long 
term  success  and  management  views  the  current  challenges  as  opportunities  to  expand  its  business  and  deliver  the  promise  of 
successful community banking to its customers and shareholders. Management must maintain its stringent underwriting standards and 
diligently monitor credit concentrations and exposures as the Company grows. Management needs to prudently price all products and 
structure  its  balance  sheet  for  the  eventuality  of  higher  rates.  Management  seeks  new  sources  of  revenue  while  monitoring 
expenditures  and  identifying  opportunities  to  achieve  efficiencies.  Finally,  management  must  capitalize  on  current  competitors’ 
dislocations and distractions while investing in infrastructure and technology to be prepared for the evolving competitive landscape.

The  Company’s  record  achievements  in  2012  of  substantial  organic  loan,  deposit  and  revenue  growth,  coupled  with  strong  asset 
quality  and  capitalization  levels  combined  to  deliver  industry  leading  returns.  This  is  a  testament  to  the  Company’s  unwavering
commitment  to  community  banking,  whereby  the  Company partners  with  its  customers,  delivering  advice  and  solutions  for  their 
financial needs. This is the core of the Company’s business model and dedication to these principles contributes to its current success, 
and is paramount in all future initiatives. The key to delivering on the Company’s mission is combining its expanding branch network, 
improving technology, and experienced professionals with the critical element of local decision making. The successful expansion of 
the  franchise’s  geographic  reach  delivered  the  desired  results;  increasing  core  deposits  and  loans,  and  generating  record  levels  of 
revenue  and  income.  This  revenue  offset  higher  credit  and  compliance  costs  allowing  the  Company  to  continue  building  the 
infrastructure  necessary  to  manage  in  today’s  increasingly  complex  regulatory  environment. 2012  marked  another  step  in  the 
continuing evolution of the Company and demonstrated ongoing commitment to identify, leverage and efficiently execute on market 
opportunities. Looking ahead, management sees the potential to continue this strategic course with similar positive results.

Corporate objectives for 2013 include: leveraging our expanding branch network to build customer relationships and grow loans and 
deposits;  focusing  on  opportunities  and  processes  that  continue  to  enhance  the  customer  experience  at  the  Bank;  improving 
operational  efficiencies  and  prudent  management  of  non-interest  expense;  and  maximizing  non-interest  income  through  Bridge 
Abstract  as  well  as  other  lines  of  business.  Management  believes  there  remain  opportunities  to  grow  its  franchise and continued 
investments  to  generate  core  funding,  quality  loans  and  new  sources  of  revenue,  remain  keys  to  continue  creating  long  term 
shareholder value. Management remains committed to branch based banking and in June 2012, the Company opened a new branch in 
Ronkonkoma, near MacArthur Airport, a regional transportation hub. The bank opened its 22nd branch in Hauppauge, New York, in 
December 2012. The Bank also received regulatory approval to open two additional branches in Shelter Island, New York and Rocky 
Point, New York. The Company expects to open these locations during the first half of 2013. The Company began to pilot its new 
electronic banking platform in the first quarter of 2013. This will allow the Company to enhance the delivery of current technology, 
and  more  importantly,  effectively  deliver  the  next generation  of  products  and  services  to  its  existing  and  new  customer  base.  The

Page -17-

ability to attract, retain, train and cultivate employees at all levels of the Company remains significant to meeting corporate objectives. 
The Company has made great progress toward the achievement of these objectives, and avoided many of the problems facing other
financial  institutions  as  a  result  of  maintaining  discipline  in  its  underwriting,  expansion  strategies,  investing  and  general  business 
practices. The Company has capitalized on opportunities presented by the market and diligently seeks opportunities for growth and to 
strengthen  the  franchise.  The  Company  recognizes  the  potential  risks  of  the  current  economic  environment  and  will  monitor  the 
impact of market events as we consider growth initiatives and evaluate loans and investments. Management and the Board have built a 
solid  foundation  for  growth  and  the  Company  is  positioned  to  adapt  to  anticipated  changes  in  the  industry  resulting  from  new 
regulations and legislative initiatives.  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Note  1  to  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012  contains  a  summary  of  our  significant 
accounting  policies.  Various  elements  of  our  accounting  policies,  by  their  nature,  are  inherently  subject  to  estimation  techniques, 
valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Our policy with respect to the methodologies used to determine the allowance 
for loan losses is our most critical accounting policy. This policy is important to the presentation of our financial condition and results 
of  operations,  and  it  involves  a  higher  degree  of  complexity  and  requires  management  to  make  difficult  and  subjective  judgments, 
which  often  require  assumptions  or  estimates  about  highly  uncertain  matters.  The  use  of  different  judgments,  assumptions  and 
estimates could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition.

The  following  is  a  description  of  our  critical  accounting  policy  and  an  explanation  of  the  methods  and  assumptions  underlying its 
application. 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Management  considers  the  accounting  policy  on  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  be  the  most  critical  and  requires  complex 
management judgment as discussed below. The judgments made regarding the allowance for loan losses can have a material effect on 
the results of operations of the Company.

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  established  and  maintained  through  a  provision  for  loan  losses  based  on  probable  incurred  losses 
inherent  in  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The  allowance is 
comprised of  both  individual  valuation  allowances  and  loan  pool  valuation  allowances.  If  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  not 
sufficient to cover actual loan losses, the Company’s earnings could decrease.

The  Bank  monitors  its  entire  loan  portfolio  on  a  regular  basis,  with  consideration  given  to  detailed  analysis  of  classified  loans, 
repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of 
credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including 
the  procedures  for  impairment  testing under  FASB  Accounting  Standard  Codification  (“ASC”)  No.  310,  “Receivables”.  Such 
valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, 
considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash 
flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. 
Pursuant  to  our  policy,  loan  losses  must  be  charged-off  in  the  period  the  loans,  or  portions  thereof,  are  deemed  uncollectible. 
Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a 
loan  is  not  reasonably  assured.  These  assumptions  and  judgments  are  also  used  to  determine  the  estimates  of  the  fair  value  of  the 
underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market value. Individual loan analyses 
are periodically performed on specific loans considered impaired. For collateral dependent impaired loans, appraisals are performed 
by  certified  general  appraisers  (for  commercial  properties)  or  certified  residential  appraisers  (for  residential  properties)  whose 
qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company.  Once received, the Credit Administration department 
reviews  the  assumptions  and  approaches  utilized  in  the  appraisal  as  well  as  the  overall  resulting  fair  value  in  comparison  with 
independent  data  sources,  such  as  recent  market  data  or  industry-wide  statistics.    On  a  quarterly  basis,  the  Company  compares  the 
actual selling price of collateral that has been sold, based on these independent sources, as well as recent appraisals associated with 
current  loan  origination  activity,  to  the  most  recent  appraised  value  to  determine  if  additional  adjustments  should  be  made  to  the 
appraisal  value  to  arrive  at  fair  value.    Adjustments  to  fair  value  are  made  only  when  the  analysis  indicates  a  probable  decline  in 
collateral values. Individual valuation allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. 
Individual  loan  analyses  are  periodically  performed  on  specific  loans  considered  impaired.  The  results  of  the  individual  valuation 
allowances are aggregated and included in the overall allowance for loan losses.

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with 
our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations 
are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, owner and 
non-owner occupied; multi-family mortgages; residential real estate mortgages, first lien and home equity; commercial loans, secured 

Page -18-

and  unsecured;  installment/consumer  loans;  and  real  estate  construction  and  land  loans.  The  determination  of  the  adequacy  of  the 
valuation  allowance  is  a  process  that  takes  into  consideration  a  variety  of  factors.  The  Bank  has  developed  a  range  of  valuation 
allowances necessary to adequately provide for probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-
off history along with the growth in the portfolio as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and 
procedures, and concentrations in the portfolio when determining the allowances for each pool. In addition, we evaluate and consider 
the  credit’s  risk  rating  which  includes  management’s  evaluation  of:  cash  flow,  collateral and  trends  in  current  values,  guarantor 
support,  financial  disclosures,  industry  trends  and  strength  of  borrowers’  management,  the  impact  that  economic  and  market 
conditions  may  have  on  the  portfolio  as  well  as  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio.  Finally,  we  evaluate  and  consider  the 
allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are inherently subjective 
because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the 
appropriate  allowance.  If  the  evaluations  prove  to  be  incorrect,  the  allowance  for  loan  losses may  not  be  sufficient  to  cover  losses 
inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

The Credit Risk Committee is comprised of members of both management and the Board of Directors. The adequacy of the allowance
is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the Credit Risk Committee, based on its risk assessment 
of the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they 
relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2012, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been established at 
levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may 
be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the 
allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance 
for  loan  losses.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Bank  to  recognize  adjustments  to  the  allowance  based  on  their  judgments  of  the
information available to them at the time of their examination.

For additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

NET INCOME

Net income  for 2012 totaled $12.8 million or $1.48 per diluted share  while net income  for 2011 totaled $10.4 million or $1.54 per 
diluted  share,  as compared  to  net  income  of  $9.2  million,  or  $1.45  per  diluted  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010.  Net 
income increased $2.4 million or 23.3% compared to 2011 and net income for 2011 increased $1.2 million or 13.0% as compared to
2010. Significant trends for 2012 include: (i) a $4.1 million or 9.7% increase in net interest income; (ii) a $1.1 million increase in the 
provision  for  loan  losses;  (iii)  a  $3.8 million  or  53.6%  increase  in  total  non  interest  income including  net  securities  gains  of  $2.6
million; and (iv) a $3.0 million or 9.5% increase in total non interest expenses including a decline of $0.8 million of acquisition costs 
associated  with  the  HSB  merger  that  were  incurred  during  2011. The  effective  income  tax  rate  was  32.3%  for  2012 compared to 
31.0% for 2011.

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net  interest  income,  the  primary  contributor  to  earnings,  represents  the  difference  between  income  on  interest  earning  assets and 
expenses on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends upon the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing 
liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them.

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average consolidated balance sheets and its consolidated 
statements  of  income  for  the  years  indicated  and  reflect  the  average  yield  on  assets  and  average  cost  of  liabilities  for  the  years 
indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, 
for the  years shown.  Average balances are derived from daily average balances and include nonaccrual loans. The  yields and costs 
include fees, which are considered adjustments to yields. Interest on nonaccrual loans has been included only to the extent reflected in 
the consolidated statements of income. For purposes of this table, the average balances for investments in debt and equity securities 
exclude unrealized appreciation/depreciation due to the application of FASB ASC 320, “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.”

Page -19-

2012

Interest

Average
Yield/
Cost

Average
Balance

2011

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Yield/
Cost

Average
Balance

2010

Interest

Average
Yield/
Cost

$

671,103

$

40,255

6.00% $

554,469 $ 35,434

6.39% $

461,289

$ 30,223

6.55%

2.16

2.95

2.12

—-

0.28

4.07

277,073

124,616

111,311

—

48,841

9,000

4,417

2,993

—

123

1,116,310

51,967

3.25

3.54

2.69

—-

0.25

4.66

242,997

104,824

82,678

1,750

20,804

9,585

4,153

2,328

5

54

914,342

46,348

3.94

3.96

2.82

0.29

0.26

5.07

19,025

44,952

$ 1,180,287

15,857

39,707

$

969,906

Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

Interest earning assets:

Loans, net (1)
Mortgage-backed, CMOs 
and other asset-back 
securities

Tax exempt securities (2)

Taxable securities

Federal funds sold

Deposits with banks

342,302

141,899

191,445

—

27,840

7,391

4,181

4,068

—

78

Total interest earning assets

1,374,589

55,973

Non interest earning assets:

Cash and due from banks

Other assets

Total assets

22,760

48,836

$ 1,446,185

Interest bearing liabilities:

Savings, NOW and money 

market deposits

$

718,559

$

3,738

0.52% $

613,068 $

3,936

0.64% $

480,642

$

3,594

0.75%

Certificates of deposit of 
$100,000 or more

Other time deposits

Federal funds purchased and 
repurchase agreements

Federal Home Loan Bank 

term advances

Junior subordinated 

debentures

Total interest bearing liabilities

Non interest bearing liabilities:

Demand deposits

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and 

stockholders’ equity

Net interest income/interest 

rate spread (3)

Net interest earning assets/net 

interest margin (4)

Ratio of interest earning assets 
to interest bearing liabilities

Less: Tax equivalent 

adjustment

131,695

40,949

38,613

18,068

16,002

963,886

365,999

7,923

1,337,808

108,377

1,453

416

461

122

1,365

7,555

1.10

1.02

1.19

0.68

8.53

0.78

1,264

507

543

—

1,366

7,616

1.09

1.17

3.09

0.00

8.54

0.95

115,895

43,282

17,582

82

16,002

805,911

294,566

7,721

1,108,198

72,089

100,775

45,630

22,128

19

16,002

665,196

238,740

6,028

909,964

59,942

$ 1,446,185

$ 1,180,287

$

969,906

1,489

762

530

—

1,365

7,740

1.48

1.67

2.40

0.00

8.53

1.16

48,418

3.29%

44,351

3.71%

38,608

3.91%

$

410,703

3.52% $

310,399

3.97% $

249,146

4.22%

142.61%

138.52%

137.45%

Net interest income

$

46,959

(1,459)

(1,541)

$ 42,810

(1,449)

$ 37,159

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/ (fees) and the allowance for loan loss, and include loans held for sale.
The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis.
Net interest rate spread  represents the difference between the yield on average interest earning assets and the cost of average interest bearing liabilities.
Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

Page -20-

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

Net interest income can be analyzed in terms of the impact of changes in rates and volumes. The following table illustrates the extent 
to which changes in interest rates and in the volume of average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities have affected the 
Bank’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) 
changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates 
(changes in rates multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net changes. For purposes of this table, changes that are not due solely to 
volume  or  rate  changes  have  been  allocated  to  these  categories  based  on  the  respective  percentage  changes  in  average  volume  and 
rate. Due to the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during the periods analyzed, it is not possible to precisely allocate 
changes between volume and rates. In addition, average earning assets include nonaccrual loans.

Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)

Interest income on interest earning assets:
Loans (1)
Mortgage-backed, CMOs and other asset-backed

securities

Tax exempt securities (2)
Taxable securities
Federal funds sold
Deposits with banks

Total interest earning assets

Interest expense on interest bearing liabilities:
Savings, NOW and money market deposits
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
Other time deposits
Federal funds purchased and repurchase 

agreements

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
Junior subordinated debentures

Total interest bearing liabilities

Net interest income

2012 Over 2011
Changes Due To

2011 Over 2010
Changes Due To

Volume

Rate

Net 
Change

Volume

Rate

Net 
Change

$ 7,089

$ (2,268)

$

4,821

$ 5,966

$ (755)

$

5,211

1,828
561
1,811
—
(58)
11,231

609
141
(27)

387
93
—
1,203

(3,437)
(797)
(736)
—
13
(7,225)

(807)
48
(64)

(469)
29
(1)
(1,264)

(1,609)
(236)
1,075
—
(45)
4,006

(198)
189
(91)

(82)
122
(1)
(61)

1,231
733
777
(3)
71
8,775

913
320
(37)

(122)
—
—
1,074

(1,816)
(469)
(112)
(2)
(2)
(3,156)

(571)
(545)
(218)

135
—
1
(1,198)

(585)
264
665
(5)
69
5,619

342
(225)
(255)

13
—
1
(124)

$ 10,028

$ (5,961)

$

4,067

$ 7,701

$(1,958)

$

5,743

(1) Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/ (fees) and the allowance for loan loss, and include loans held for sale. 
(2) The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis. 

The net interest margin declined to 3.52% in 2012 compared to 3.97% for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 4.22% in 2010. The 
decrease in 2012 and 2011 was primarily the result of the historically low market interest rates which was partly offset by strong core 
deposit growth and higher loan demand. The total average interest earning assets in 2012 increased $258.3 million or 23.1% over 2011 
levels,  yielding  4.07% and  the  overall  funding  cost  was  0.57%,  including  demand  deposits. The  yield  on  interest  earning  assets 
decreased  approximately  59  basis  points  which  was  partly  offset  by  a  decrease  in  the  cost  of  interest  bearing  liabilities  of 
approximately 17 basis points during 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in average total deposits of $190.4 million partially funded 
average lowering yielding securities of $162.6 million, and average net loans grew $116.6 million from the comparable 2011 levels. 

Net  interest  income  was  $47.0  million  in  2012  compared  to  $42.8  million  in  2011  and  $37.2  million  in  2010.  The  increase  in  net
interest income of $4.1 million or 9.7% as compared to 2011, and the increase in net interest income of $5.7 million or 15.2% in 2011
as compared to 2010, primarily resulted from the effect of the increase in the volume of average total interest earning assets and the 
decrease in the cost of average total interest bearing liabilities being greater than the effect of the increase in volume of average total 
interest bearing liabilities and the decrease in yield on average total interest earning assets. 

Average total interest earning assets grew by $258.3 million or 23.1% to $1.4 billion in 2012 compared to $1.1 billion in 2011. During
this  period,  the  yield  on  average  total  interest  earning  assets  decreased  to  4.07%  from  4.66%.  Average  total  interest  earning assets 
grew by $202.0 million or 22.1% to $1.1 billion in 2011 compared to $914.3 million in 2010. During this period, the yield on average 
total interest earning assets decreased to 4.66% from 5.07%.

Page -21-

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  average  loans  grew  by  $116.6  million  or  21.0%  to  $671.1  million  as  compared  to  $554.5 
million  in  2011  and  increased  $209.8  million  or  45.5%  compared  to  $461.3  million  in  2010.  Real  estate  mortgage  loans  and 
commercial  loans  primarily  contributed  to  the  growth.  The  Bank  remains  committed  to  growing  loans  with  prudent  underwriting, 
sensible pricing and limited credit and extension risk.

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  average  total  investments  increased  by  $162.6  million  or  31.7%  to  $675.6  million  as 
compared to $513.0 million in 2011 and increased $245.1 million or 56.9% as compared to $430.5 million in 2010 levels. To position 
the balance sheet for the future and better manage capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, a portion of the available for sale investment 
securities  portfolio  was  sold  during  2012,  2011  and  2010  resulting  in  a  net  gain  of  $2.6  million,  $0.1  million  and  $1.3  million,
respectively. There were no federal funds sold in 2012 and 2011 compared to average federal funds sold of $1.8 million in 2010. The 
zero balance in the average federal funds sold in 2012 and 2011 was offset by average interest earning cash balances of $27.8 million 
in 2012, $48.8 million in 2011 and $20.8 million in 2010.

Average total interest bearing liabilities were $963.9 million in 2012 compared to $805.9 million in 2011 and $665.2 million in 2010.
The  Bank  grew  deposits  in  2012  as  a  result  of  opening  one  branch  in  2012  and  three  new  branches  during  2010,  building  new 
relationships in existing markets and the HSB merger which was completed during 2011. During 2012, the Bank reduced interest rates 
on deposit products through prudent management of deposit pricing. The reduction in deposit rates resulted in a decrease in the cost of 
interest bearing liabilities to 0.78% for 2012 compared to 0.95% for 2011 and 1.16% for 2010. Since the Company’s interest bearing 
liabilities  generally  reprice  or  mature  more  quickly  than  its  interest  earning  assets,  an  increase  in  short  term  interest  rates  initially 
results in a decrease in net interest income. Additionally, the large percentages of deposits in money market accounts reprice at short 
term market rates making the balance sheet more liability sensitive. 

For the year ended December 31, 2012, average total deposits increased by $190.4 million or 17.8% to $1.26 billion as compared to 
average  total  deposits  of  $1.07  billion  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011.  Components  of  this  increase  include  an  increase  in 
average demand deposits for 2012 of $71.4 million or 24.3% to $366.0 million as compared to a $294.6 million in average demand 
deposits for 2011 and increased by $127.3 million or 53.3% compared to $238.7 million in average demand deposits for 2010. The 
average  balances  in  savings,  NOW  and  money  market  accounts  increased  $105.5  million  or  17.2%  to  $718.6  million  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2012 compared to $613.1 million for the same period last year and increased $237.9 million or 49.5% over 2010 
levels  of  $480.6  million.  Average  balances  in  certificates  of  deposit  of  $100,000  or  more  and  other  time  deposits increased  $13.5 
million or 8.5% to $172.6 million for 2012 as compared to 2011 and increased $26.2 million or 17.9% in 2011 as compared to 2010. 
Average public fund deposits comprised 17.3% of total average deposits during 2012, 18.2% in 2011 and 18.8% in 2010. Average 
federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements together with average Federal Home Loan Bank term advances increased $39.0 
million or 220.9% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to average balances for 2011 and decreased $4.5 million or
20.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to average balances for the same period in the prior year.

Total interest income increased to $54.5 million in 2012 from $50.4 million in 2011 and $44.9 million in 2010, an increase of 8.1% 
during 2012 from 2011 and a 12.3% increase during 2011 from 2010. The ratio of interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities 
increased to 142.6% in 2012 as compared to 138.5% in 2011 and 137.5% in 2010. Interest income on loans increased $4.8 million in 
2012 over 2011 and $5.2 million in 2011 over 2010 primarily due to  growth in the loan portfolio. The  yield on average loans  was 
6.0% for 2012, 6.4% for 2011 and 6.6% for 2010.

Interest  income  on  investments  in  mortgage-backed,  tax  exempt  and  taxable  securities  decreased  $0.7 million  or  4.6%  in  2012  to 
$14.2 million from $14.9 million in 2011 and increased $0.3 million or 1.7% in 2011 from $14.6 million in 2010. Interest income on 
securities included net amortization of premiums on securities of $5.6 million in 2012 compared to net amortization of premiums on 
securities of $2.4 million in 2011 and net amortization of premiums on securities of $1.5 million in 2010. The tax adjusted average 
yield on total securities decreased to 2.3% in 2012 from 3.2% in 2011 and 3.7% in 2010.

Total interest expense remained flat at $7.6 million as compared to 2011 and decreased $0.1 million or 1.6% to $7.6 million in 2011 
from $7.7 million in 2010 as a result of prudent management of deposit pricing. The cost of average interest bearing liabilities was 
0.78% in 2012, 0.95% in 2011, and 1.16% in 2010.

Provision for Loan Losses

The Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in 
the Bank’s principal lending area of Suffolk County which is located on the eastern portion of Long Island. The interest rates charged 
by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes, the 
rates offered by its competitors, the Bank’s relationship with the customer, and the related credit risks of the transaction. These factors 
are affected by general and economic conditions including, but not limited to, monetary policies of the federal government, including 
the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.

Loans of approximately $53.6 million or 6.7% of total loans at December 31, 2012 were categorized as classified loans compared to 
$57.7 million or 9.4% at December 31, 2011 and $43.9 million or 8.7% at  December 31, 2010. Classified  loans include loans  with 

Page -22-

credit quality indicators with the internally assigned grades of special mention, substandard and doubtful. These loans are categorized 
as classified loans as management has information that indicates the borrower may not be able to comply with the present repayment 
terms. These loans are subject to increased management attention and their classification is reviewed at least quarterly. The decrease 
in the 2012 levels of classified loans reflects the current economic environment. The higher classified loans as of December 31, 2011 
primarily related to a $15.2 million increase in the special mention category as well as acquired classified loans from the HSB merger.  

At  December  31,  2012,  approximately  $34.1  million  of  these  loans  were  commercial  real  estate  (“CRE”)  loans  which  were  well 
secured with real estate as collateral. Of the $34.1 million of CRE loans, $32.4 million were current and $1.7 million were past due. In 
addition,  all  but  $2.1  million  of  the  CRE  loans  have  personal  guarantees.    At December  31,  2012,  approximately  $5.6 million  of 
classified  loans  were  residential  real  estate  loans  with  $3.4  million  current  and  $2.2  million  past  due.  Commercial,  financial,  and 
agricultural  loans  represented  $10.3  million  of  classified  loans  and  $9.8  million  was  current  and  $0.5  million  was  past  due. 
Approximately  $3.5  million  of  classified  loans  represented  real  estate  construction  and  land  loans,  which  were  all  current.  All  real 
estate construction and land loans are well secured with collateral. The remaining $0.1 million in classified loans are consumer loans 
that are unsecured and current, have personal guarantees and demonstrate sufficient cash flow to pay the loans. Due to the structure 
and nature of the credits, we do not expect to sustain a material loss on these relationships. 

CRE  loans,  including  multi-family  loans,  represented  $398.9  million  or  50.0%  of  the  total  loan  portfolio  at  December  31,  2012 
compared  to  $305.3  million  or  49.9%  at  December  31,  2011  and  $245.3  million  or  48.7%  at  December  31,  2010.  The  Bank’s 
underwriting standards for CRE loans requires an evaluation of the cash flow of the property, the overall cash flow of the borrower 
and related guarantors as well as the value of the real estate securing the loan. In addition, the Bank’s underwriting standards for CRE
loans are consistent  with regulatory requirements  with original loan  to value ratios  generally less than or equal to 75%.  The Bank 
considers charge-off history, delinquency trends, cash flow analysis, and the impact of the local economy on commercial real estate 
values when evaluating the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.  Real estate values in our geographic markets increased 
significantly from 2000 through 2007. Commencing in 2008, following the financial crisis and significant downturn in the economy, 
real estate values began to decline. This decline continued into 2009 and appears to have stabilized in 2010. The estimated decline in 
residential and commercial real estate values range from 15-20% from the 2007 levels, depending on the nature and location of the 
real estate.

As  of  December  31,  2012  and  December 31,  2011,  the  Company  had  impaired  loans  as  defined  by  FASB  ASC  No. 310, 
“Receivables”  of  $8.2 million  and  $9.0 million,  respectively.  For  a  loan  to  be  considered  impaired,  management  determines  after 
review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan 
agreement. Management applies its  normal loan review procedures in  making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually 
classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of 
the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22.  Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash 
flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to 
determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of 
the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan 
loss allowance allocation is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the 
fair value hierarchy described in FASB ASC 820-10-50-5. 

Nonaccrual loans decreased $0.9 million to $3.3 million or 0.41% of total loans at December 31, 2012 from $4.2 million or 0.68% of
total  loans  at  December  31,  2011.  Approximately  $1.0  million  of  the  nonaccrual  loans  at  December  31,  2012  and  $2.0  million  at
December 31, 2011, represent troubled debt restructured loans.  As of December 31, 2012 two of the borrowers  with loans totaling 
$0.3 million are complying  with the  modified terms of the  loans and are currently  making payments.  Another borrower  with loans
totaling $0.7 million is currently in default and foreclosure proceedings have been initiated. The decrease in nonaccrual troubled debt 
restructured loans at December 31, 2012 was primarily due to one loan totaling $0.3 million where the borrower has made six months 
of consecutive payments in accordance with the restructured terms and the loan is now a performing trouble debt restructure loan. In 
addition, one loan had $0.7 million in charge-offs in 2012. Nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans are secured with collateral that 
has an appraised value of $2.7 million. In 2011, nonaccrual loans decreased $2.5 million to $4.2 million from $6.7 million in 2010. 
Approximately $2.0 million of the nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2011 represented troubled debt restructured loans where two of 
the  borrowers  with  loans  totaling $0.5  million  were complying  with  the  modified  terms  of  the  loans  and  were currently  making 
payments.    Another  borrower  with  loans  totaling  $1.5  million  was past  due  but  making  payments.  Furthermore,  the  Bank  had no 
commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors. 

In addition, the Company has six borrowers with performing TDR loans of $5.0 million at December 31, 2012 that are current and 
secured  with  collateral  that  has  an  appraised  value  of  approximately  $12.3  million. At  December  31,  2011,  the  Company  had  four 
borrowers with TDR loans of $4.9 million that were current and secured with collateral that had an appraised value of approximately 
$11.5 million. Management believes that the ultimate collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured and therefore continues 
to recognize interest income on an accrual basis. In addition, the Bank has no commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors. 
Two of the loans were restructured during the third quarter of 2012, one of the loans in the second quarter of 2012 and one loan in the 
first quarter of 2012 and since that time the interest income recognized has been immaterial. The fifth loan was restructured during the 

Page -23-

third quarter 2011 and since that time $0.08 million of interest income has been recognized. The sixth loan was restructured during the 
third quarter of 2008 and since that time $0.5 million of interest income has been recognized.

The  Bank  had  $0.3  million  of  foreclosed  real  estate  owned  at  December 31,  2012  and  had  none  at December  31,  2011 and 2010,
respectively.

Net charge-offs were $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 
2011 and $1.0 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans was 439%, 260% and 
126%, at December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Based on our continuing review of the overall loan portfolio, the current asset quality of the portfolio, the growth in the loan portfolio 
and the net charge-offs, a provision for loan losses of $5.0 million was recorded in 2012 as compared to $3.9 million in 2011 and $3.5 
million  in  2010.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  increased  to  $14.4  million  at  December  31,  2012  as  compared  to  $10.8  million  at
December  31,  2011  and  $8.5  million  at  December  31,  2010.  As  a  percentage  of  total  loans,  the  allowance  was  1.81%,  1.77%  and 
1.69% at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In accordance with current accounting guidance, the acquired HSB loans 
were recorded at fair value, effectively netting estimated future losses against the loan balances. Management continues to carefully 
monitor the loan portfolio as well as real estate trends in Suffolk County and eastern Long Island. The Bank’s consistent and rigorous 
underwriting standards preclude sub-prime lending, and management remains cautious about the potential for an indirect impact on 
the local economy and real estate values in the future.

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses:

December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

$

10,837 $

8,497 $

6,045 $

3,953 $

2,954

Charge-offs:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Recoveries:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

—
—
1,210
285
—
15
1,510

—
—
7
83
—
22
112

—
—
259
372
864
186
1,681

—
—
6
96
—
19
121

73
—
20
879
—
148
1,120

—
—
4
56
—
12
72

47
—
653
1,098
240
55
2,093

—
—
6
28
—
1
35

—
—
480
534
—
56
1,070

—
—
—
53
—
16
69

Net charge-offs 
Provision for loan losses charged to operations
Balance at end of period
Ratio of net charge-offs during period to average loans 

outstanding

(1,398)
5,000
14,439 $

(1,560)
3,900
10,837 $

(1,048)
3,500
8,497 $

(2,058)
4,150
6,045 $

(1,001)
2,000
3,953

$

(0.21%)

(0.28%)

(0.22%)

(0.47%)

(0.25%)

Page -24-

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table sets forth the allocation of the total allowance for loan losses by loan type:

Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

2012

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

2011

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

2010

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

Amount

Amount

2009

2008

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

Amount

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

Amount

Amount

Commercial real estate 

mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate 
mortgage loans

Commercial, financial and 

agricultural loans
Real estate construction 

and land loans

Installment/consumer loans.

Total

$

$

4,445
1,239

2,803

4,349

1,375
228
14,439

Non Interest Income

41.7% $
8.3

3,530
395

46.4% $ 3,310
133

3.5

18.0

24.7

2,280

2,895

6.1
1.2

1,465
272
100.0% $ 10,837

23.1

19.0

1,642

2,804

6.6
1.4

185
423
100.0% $ 8,497

46.9% $

1.8

28.0

19.4

2.0
1.9

100.0% $

2,529
36

1,781

1,083

346
270
6,045

44.6% $

1.0

27.5

20.9

4.3
1.7
100.0% $

1,718
41

1,158

699

268
69
3,953

43.4%
1.1

29.3

17.7

6.8
1.7
100.0%

Total non interest income increased by $3.8 million or 53.6% in 2012 to $10.7 million and decreased by $0.5 million or 6.5% in 2011 
to $6.9 million as compared to $7.4 million in 2010. The increase in total non interest income in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily 
the result of $2.5 million increase in net securities gains recognized for 2012 compared to the same period last year. Title fee income 
related to Bridge Abstract increased $0.6 million or 60.9% to $1.6 million for 2012 compared to $1.0 million for the same period in 
2011. Fees for other customer services were $3.0 million and represented an increase of $0.4 million or 15.9% from $2.6 million for 
the same period last year, related to higher electronic banking and investment services income. Service charges on deposit accounts 
increased $0.2 million or 5.6% to $3.3 million for 2012 compared to $3.1 million for the same period in 2011. The decrease in total 
non interest income in 2011 compared to 2010 was due to a decrease in net securities gains of $1.2 million and a decrease in revenues 
from  the  title  insurance  abstract  subsidiary,  Bridge  Abstract,  of  $0.1  million,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  service  charges  on 
deposit accounts of $0.4 million and an increase of $0.4 million in fees for other customer services. 

Net  securities  gains  of  $2.6 million  were  recognized  in  2012 compared  to  net  securities  gains  of  $0.1  million  and  $1.3  million 
recognized  in  2011 and 2010,  respectively.  The  sales  of  securities  were  due  to  repositioning  of  the  available  for  sale  investment 
portfolio. Bridge  Abstract,  the  Bank’s  title  insurance abstract  subsidiary,  generated  title  fee  income  of  $1.6 million  in  2012,  $1.0 
million in 2011, and $1.1 million in 2010, respectively. The increase of $0.6 million or 60.9% in 2012 compared to 2011 was directly 
dependent on the number and average value of transactions processed by the subsidiary.

Service  charges  on  deposit  accounts  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012 totaled  $3.3 million,  an  increase  of  $0.2 million  as 
compared to 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011, service charges on deposit accounts totaled $3.1 million, an increase of 
$0.4 million  as  compared  to  2010.  These increases primarily represented higher overdraft  fees.  Fees  from  other  customer  services 
increased  $0.4  million  or  15.9%  to  $3.0 million in  2012 as  compared  to  $2.6  million  in  2011. Fees  from  other  customer  services 
increased $0.4 million or 18.0% to $2.6 million in 2011 as compared to $2.2 million in 2010. These increases were predominately due 
to higher electronic banking and investment services.

Other operating income for the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled $0.1 million in line with 2011 and 2010.

Non Interest Expense

Total non interest expense increased $3.0 million or 9.5% to $33.8 million in 2012 compared to $30.8 million over the same period in 
2011 and  increased  $2.9 million  or  10.6%  in 2011  from  $27.9  million  in  2010.    The  primary  components  of  these  increases  were 
higher salaries and employees benefits, occupancy and equipment, marketing and advertising, extinguishment of debt, other operating 
expenses  and  amortization  of  core  deposit  intangible  partially  offset  by  lower  professional  services  and  FDIC  assessments. 
Additionally during 2011, acquisition costs of $0.8 million were incurred related to the HSB merger. 

Salaries and benefits increased $2.7 million or 14.8% to $20.7 million in 2012 as compared to $18.0 million in 2011 and increased 
$2.0 million or 12.9% from $16.0 million as of December 31, 2010. The increases in salary and benefits reflect additional positions to 
support  the  Company’s  expanding  infrastructure,  new  branches  and  a  larger  loan  portfolio,  and  the  related  employee  benefit  costs, 
particularly pension expense. 

Occupancy and equipment increased $0.2 million or 3.7% to $4.5 million compared to $4.3 million in 2011 and increased $0.3 million 
or 8.8% from $4.0 million in 2010. Marketing and advertising expense increased $0.3 million or 23.3% to $1.6 million in 2012 from 
$1.3 million in 2011 and increased $0.2 million or 16.7% from $1.1 million in 2010. Higher occupancy and equipment expense and 

Page -25-

marketing  and  advertising  expense  in  2012  and  2011 relates  to  the  Company’s  increased  branch  network. Professional  services 
decreased $0.2 million or 14.5% to $1.0 million in 2012 from $1.2 million in 2011 and increased $0.1 million or 5.8% in 2011 from 
$1.1  million  in  2010.  Data/item  processing  expense  was  $0.6  million  and  remained  in  line with  2011  and  2010  levels. FDIC 
assessments remained at $0.8 million as compared to 2011 and decreased $0.5 to $0.8 million from $1.3 million or 35.2% in 2011 
from 2010. For 2011 the Company incurred acquisition costs of $0.8 million and recorded amortization of core deposit intangibles of 
$0.04 million in connection with the HSB merger. Amortization of core deposit intangibles was $0.07 million in 2012.

Cost  on  Extinguishment  of  debt  for  2012  was  $0.2  million related to  the  prepayment  of  a  $5  million  repurchase  agreement. Other 
operating expenses increased $0.6 million or 10.2% to $6.2 million compared to $5.6 million in 2011 and remained at $5.6 in 2011 
compared to 2010.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for December 31, 2012 was $6.1 million representing an increase of $1.4 million from 2011. Income tax expense 
for 2011 was $4.7 million representing and increase of $0.6 million from 2010. The increase in 2012 was due to an increase in income 
before income taxes of $3.9 million to $18.9 million from $15.0 million in 2011. The effective tax rate was 32.3% for the year ended 
December  31,  2012 compared  to  31.0%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011. The  increase  was  related  to a  lower  percentage  of 
interest income from tax exempt securities. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 30.6%. The increase in 
the effective tax rate for 2011 compared to 2010 was related to nondeductible acquisition costs related to the HSB merger.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

The  assets  of  the  Company  totaled  $1.62 billion  at  December  31,  2012,  an  increase  of  $287.3 million  or  21.5%  from  the  previous 
year-end  with  growth funded by deposits, borrowings and  capital. This increase reflects strong organic growth in new and existing 
markets.

Cash and due from banks increased $20.9 million or 80.8% to $46.9 million compared to December 2011 levels and interest earning 
deposits with banks decreased $49.2 million or 91.8% as funds were invested in loan and securities. Total securities increased $129.2
million or 21.2% to $739.8 million and net loans increased $182.7 million or 30.4% to $784.0 million compared to December 2011
levels. There were no loans held for sale in 2012 compared to loans held for sale in 2011 of $2.3 million. Loans held for sale in 2011
represented one  relationship  with  two  loans  that  was  sold in  January  2012 and  recorded  previously  as  nonaccrual  troubled  debt 
restructured  loans. The  ability  to  grow  the  investment  and  loan  portfolios,  while  minimizing  interest  rate  risk  sensitivity  and 
maintaining credit quality remains a strong focus of management. Goodwill of $2.0 million and core deposit intangible of $0.3 million 
were recorded in 2011 in connection with the HSB merger. Core deposit intangible decreased $0.1 to $0.2 million in 2012 compared 
to  $0.3  million  in  2011.  Total  deposits  grew  $221.1 million  to  $1.41 billion  at  December  31,  2012 compared  to  $1.19  billion  at 
December 2011. The deposit growth occurred in all markets and included both new commercial and consumer relationships. Demand 
deposits increased $207.7 million  to  $529.2 million  as  of  December  31,  2012 compared  to  $321.5  million  at  December  31,  2011.
Savings,  NOW  and  money  market  deposits  increased  $39.0 million  to  $722.9 million  at  December,  2012 from  $683.9  million  at 
December 31, 2011. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more decreased $21.9 million to $118.7 million at December 31, 2012 from 
$140.6 million  at  December  31,  2011.  Other  time  deposits  decreased  $3.7 million  to  $38.5 million  as  of  December  31,  2012 from 
$42.2 at December 31, 2011.

Fed funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings at December 31, 2012 were $44.5 million. There were no 
Federal Funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings for 2011. Federal Home Loan Bank term advances were 
$15.0 million for December 31, 2012. There were no Federal Home Loan Bank term advances for December 31, 2011. Repurchase 
agreements decreased $4.5 million to $12.4 million or 26.7% compared to $16.9 million as of December 31, 2011. Other liabilities 
and accrued expenses decreased $0.4 million to $8.7 million as of December 31, 2012 from $9.1 million as of December 31, 2011 due 
to decreases in deferred taxes. 

Stockholders’  equity  was  $118.7 million  at  December  31,  2012,  an  increase  of  $11.7 million  or  10.9%  from  December  31,  2011,
reflecting the proceeds from the issuance of shares of common stock under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan of $10.5 million, share 
based  compensation  of  $1.3 million,  an  increase  in  the  pension  liability  of  $0.3 million,  and  net  income  of  $12.8 million,  partially 
offset  by  $9.9 million in declared cash dividends and a decrease in the  unrealized gains in securities of $3.0 million. In  December
2012, due to the likelihood of a change in the tax rates on dividends beginning in 2013, the Company decided to accelerate the timing 
of the payment of the Company’s fourth quarter dividend to shareholders of $0.23 per share into calendar year 2012 resulting in five 
dividend payments in 2012. This continues the Company’s long term trend of uninterrupted dividends.

Loans

During 2012, the Company continued to experience growth trends in commercial and residential real estate lending. The concentration 
of loans in our primary market areas may increase risk. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan 
portfolio  consists  primarily  of  real  estate  loans  secured  by  commercial  and  residential  real  estate  properties  located  in  the Bank’s 

Page -26-

principal  lending  area  in  Suffolk  County  which  is  located  on  eastern  Long  Island.  The  local  economic  conditions  on  eastern  Long 
Island have a significant impact on the volume of loan originations and the quality of our loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these 
loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, 
recession,  unemployment  or  other  factors  beyond  the  Company’s  control  would  impact  these  local  economic  conditions  and  could 
negatively  affect  the  financial  results  of  the  Company’s  operations.  Additionally,  while  the  Company  has  a  significant  amount  of 
commercial  real  estate  loans,  the  majority  of  which  are  owner-occupied,  decreases  in  tenant  occupancy  may  also  have  a  negative 
effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on the Company’s 
earnings.

The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for 
lending purposes, the rates offered by its competitors, the  Bank’s relationship  with the  customer, and the related credit risks of the 
transaction.  These  factors  are  affected  by  general  and  economic  conditions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  monetary  policies  of  the 
federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.

The Bank targets its business lending and marketing initiatives towards promotion of loans that primarily meet the needs of small to 
medium-sized  businesses.  These  small  to  medium-sized  businesses  generally  have  fewer  financial  resources  in  terms  of  capital  or 
borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact these businesses, the results of operations 
and financial condition may be adversely affected.

With respect to the underwriting of loans, there are certain risks, including the risk of non-payment that is associated with each type of 
loan  that  the  Bank  markets.  Approximately  74.1%  of  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio  at  December  31,  2012 is  secured  by  real  estate. 
Approximately 41.7% of the Bank’s loan portfolio is comprised of commercial real estate loans.  Multifamily loans represent 8.3% of 
the Bank’s loan portfolio. Residential real estate mortgage loans represent 18.0% of the Bank’s loan portfolio and include home equity 
lines  of  credit  of  approximately  8.5%  and  residential  mortgages  of  approximately  9.5%  of  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  Real  estate 
construction and land loans comprise approximately 6.1% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Risks associated with a concentration in real 
estate  loans  include  potential  losses  from  fluctuating  values  of  land  and  improved  properties.  Home  equity  loans  represent  loans 
originated  in  the  Bank’s  geographic  markets  with  original  loan  to  value  ratios  generally  of  75%  or  less.  The  Bank’s  residential 
mortgage  portfolio  includes  approximately  $2.0  million  in  interest  only  mortgages.  The  underwriting  standards for  interest  only 
mortgages are consistent with the remainder of the loan portfolio and do not include any features that result in negative amortization. 
The largest loan concentrations by industry are loans granted to lessors of commercial property both owner occupied and non-owner 
occupied. The Bank uses conservative underwriting criteria to better insulate itself from a downturn in real estate values and economic 
conditions  on  eastern  Long  Island  that  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  value  of  collateral  securing  the  loans  as  well  as  the 
ability of customers to repay loans.

The  remainder  of  the  loan  portfolio  is  comprised  of  commercial  and  consumer  loans,  which  represent  approximately  25.9%  of  the 
Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  The  primary  risks  associated  with  commercial  loans  are  the  cash  flow  of  the  business,  the  experience  and 
quality of the borrowers’ management, the business climate, and the impact of economic factors. The primary risks associated with 
consumer loans relate to the borrower, such as the risk of a borrower’s unemployment as a result of deteriorating economic conditions 
or the amount and nature of a borrower’s other existing indebtedness, and the value of the collateral securing the loan if the Bank must 
take possession of the collateral. Consumer loans also have risks associated with concentrations of specific types of consumer loans 
within the portfolio.

The Bank’s policy for charging off loans is a multi-step process. A loan is considered a potential charge-off when it is in default of 
either principal or interest  for a period of 90, 120 or 180 days, depending  upon the loan type, as of the end of the prior  month. In 
addition to date criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, 
death of  the borrower, and deficiency balance  from the sale of collateral. These loans  identified are presented  for evaluation at the 
regular meeting of the Credit Risk Committee. A loan is charged off when a loss is reasonably assured. The recovery of charged-off 
balances is actively pursued until the potential for recovery has been exhausted, or until the expense of collection does not justify the 
recovery efforts.

Total loans grew $186.3 million or 30.4%, during 2012 and $110.4 million or 21.9% during 2011. Average net loans grew $116.6
million or 21.0% during 2012 over 2011 and $93.2 million or 20.2% during 2011 when compared to 2010. Real estate mortgage loans 
were the largest contributor of the growth for both 2012 and 2011 and increased $96.2 million or 21.6% and $60.1 million or 15.6%, 
respectively. Commercial real estate mortgage loans grew $48.9 million or 17.2% during 2012 and multi-family mortgage loans grew 
$44.7 million or 208.8% during 2012. Commercial, financial and agricultural loans increased $81.1 million or 69.7% in 2012 from 
2011  and  increased  $18.7  million  or  19.1%  in  2011  from  2010.  Real  estate  construction  and  land  loans  increased  $8.1  million  or 
20.0% in 2012 and increased $30.6 million or 308.4% in 2011. Installment/consumer loans increased $0.6 million or 7.0% in 2012 and 
decreased $1.1 million or 11.3% during 2011. Fixed rate loans represented 31.7%, 27.0% and 27.7% of total loans at December 31, 
2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Page -27-

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans
Total loans
Net deferred loan costs and fees

Allowance for loan losses
Net loans

Selected Loan Maturity Information 

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

$ 332,782
66,080
143,703
197,448
48,632
9,167
797,812
634
798,446
(14,439)
$ 784,007

$ 283,917
21,402
141,027
116,319
40,543
8,565
611,773
370
612,143
(10,837)
$ 601,306

$ 236,048
9,217
140,986
97,663
9,928
9,659
503,501
559
504,060
(8,497)
$ 495,563

$ 199,712
4,447
123,013
93,682
19,347
7,352
447,553
485
448,038
(6,045)
$ 441,993

$ 186,543
4,503
125,813
75,919
29,094
7,545
429,417
266
429,683
(3,953)
$ 425,730

The following table sets forth the approximate maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates of certain loans, exclusive of real 
estate mortgage loans and installment/consumer loans to individuals as of December 31, 2012:

(In thousands)
Commercial loans
Construction and land loans (1)

Total

Rate provisions:

Amounts with fixed interest rates
Amounts with variable interest rates

Total

(1)

Within One
Year

After One
But Within
Five Years

After
Five Years

Total

$

$

$

$

51,903
33,562
85,465

16,956
68,509
85,465

$

$

$

$

69,653
5,575
75,228

57,438
17,790
75,228

$

$

$

$

75,892
9,495
85,387

$ 197,448
48,632
$ 246,080

28,103
57,284
85,387

$ 102,497
143,583
$ 246,080

Included in the “After Five Years” column, are one-step construction loans that contain a preliminary construction 
period (interest only) that automatically converts to amortization at the end of the construction phase.

Page -28-

Past Due, Nonaccrual and Restructured Loans 

The following table sets forth selected information about past due, nonaccrual, restructured loans and other real estate owned:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
Nonaccrual loans
Restructured loans  - Nonaccrual
Restructured loans  - Performing
Other real estate owned, net
Total

Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
Gross interest income that has not been paid or recorded 
during the year under original terms:
Nonaccrual loans
Restructured loans

Gross interest income recorded during the year:
Nonaccrual loans
Restructured loans

Commitments for additional funds

The following table sets forth impaired loans by loan type:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Nonaccrual loans:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Restructured loans - Nonaccrual:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Total Non-performing impaired loans

Restructured loans - Performing:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Total Impaired Loans

$

$

$

$

$

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

491 $

2,262
1,027
5,039
250
9,069 $

411 $

2,156
2,004
4,904
—
9,475 $

— $

1,997
4,728
3,219
—
9,944 $

— $

1,001
4,890
3,229
—
9,120 $

—
3,068
—
3,229
—
6,297

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

155 $
84

33 $
226

—

122 $
436

123 $
255

52 $
189

41 $
241

—

17 $
105

—

37 $
288

—

127
12

189
238

—

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

492 $
—
1,496
193
—
—
2,181

449 $
—
1,156
260
250
—
2,115

228 $
—
1,397
—
250
82
1,957

324 $
—
511
61
—
105
1,001

—
—
426
96
2,540
6
3,068

—
—
717
310
—
—
1,027

3,208

4,284
—
336
380
—
—
5,000

—
—
1,786
218
—
—
2,004

4,119

4,630
—
—
274
—
—
4,904

—
—
2,037
—
2,686
—
4,723

6,680

3,186
—
—
—
—
—
3,186

—
—
2,120
—
2,770
—
4,890

5,891

3,229
—
—
—
—
—
3,229

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

3,068

3,229
—
—
—
—
—
3,229

$

8,208 $

9,023 $

9,866 $

9,120 $

6,297

Restructured loans totaled $6.0 million and $6.9 million as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Page -29-

Securities

Total securities increased to $739.8 million at December 31, 2012 from $610.6 million at December 31, 2011. The available for sale 
portfolio increased 19.9% to $529.1 million from $441.4 million at December 31, 2011. Securities held as available for sale may be 
sold  in  response  to,  or  in  anticipation  of,  changes  in  interest  rates  and  resulting  prepayment  risk,  or  other  factors.  Residential 
mortgage-backed securities decreased by $50.4 million at December 31, 2012 while U.S. government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) 
securities increased by $46.8 million, residential collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $47.1 million, state and municipal 
obligations  increased  by  $5.7  million,  commercial  mortgage-backed  securities  increased  by  $3.1  million,  commercial  collateralized 
mortgage obligations increased by $4.1  million,  non-agency commercial  mortgage-backed securities increased by $5.0  million, and 
other asset backed securities increased by $26.1 million. Securities held to maturity increased 24.6% to $210.7 million at December 
31,  2012  compared  to  $169.2  million  at  December  31,  2011.  State  and  municipal  obligations  held  to  maturity  decreased  by  $5.6 
million,  while  U.S.  GSE  securities  increased  by  $5.0  million,  residential  mortgage-backed  securities  increased  by  $9.5  million, 
residential collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $17.3 million, commercial mortgage-backed securities increased by $10.3 
million and commercial collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $5.0 million.  Fixed rate securities represented 93.4% of total 
securities  at  December 31,  2012  compared  to  91.5%  at  December  31,  2011.  Residential collateralized  mortgage  obligations 
represented approximately 42.8% of the available for sale balance at December 31, 2012 as compared to 40.6% at the prior year-end. 
To position the balance sheet for the future and better manage capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, a portion of the available for sale 
investment securities portfolio was sold during 2012 and 2011 resulting in a net gain of $2.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively. 
The sale of securities and the change in market rates were the primary reasons for the net decrease in unrealized gains in securities 
available for sale which decreased other comprehensive income.

Page -30-

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  fair  value,  amortized  cost,  maturities  and  approximated  weighted  average  yield  at  December 31, 
2012. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations 
with or without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

December 31, 2012
(Dollars in 
thousands)

Within
One Year
Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

Fair 
Value
Amount

After One But
Within Five Years

After Five But
Within Ten Years

Fair 
Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

Fair 
Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

Fair 
Value
Amount

After
Ten Years

Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

Total

Fair 
Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Available for sale:

US GSE securities
State and municipal 

$

— $

— —% $

568 $

539 4.71% $137,880 $ 137,824 1.83% $ 40,004 $

40,058

1.90% $ 178,452 $ 178,421

obligations

16,160

16,123

2.44

38,099

37,165 3.22

5,227

5,123 3.14

477

456

5.49

59,963

58,867

US GSE Residential 
mortgage-backed 
securities

US GSE Residential 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations

US GSE 

Commercial 
mortgage-backed 
securities

US GSE 

Commercial 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations
Non Agency 

Commercial 
mortgage-backed 
securities

Other Asset backed 

securities

Total available for 

—

—

—

—

—

—

— —

568

533 3.78

9,831

9,314 3.47

10,198

9,615

3.57

20,597

19,462

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

—

—

—

—

—

— —

15,401

15,422 1.42

211,045

208,804

1.50

226,446

224,226

— —

3,138

3,132 2.11

—

— —

3,138

3,132

— —

— —

—

—

— —

9,357

9,079

2.26

9,357

9,079

— —

4,989

4,754

2.61

4,989

4,754

— —

7,971

7,996 2.54

18,157

18,592

1.78

26,128

26,588

sale

16,160

16,123

2.44

39,235

38,237 3.25

179,448

178,811 1.95

294,227

291,358

1.69

529,070

524,529

Held to maturity:

US GSE securities
State and municipal 

$

— $

— —% $

— $

— —% $

5,016 $

4,992 2.65% $

— $

— —% $

5,016 $

4,992

obligations

50,390

50,362

1.19

25,459

25,058 2.68

6,756

6,270 4.22

18,357

17,062

5.52

100,962

98,752

US GSE Residential 
mortgage-backed 
securities

US GSE Residential 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations

US GSE 

Commercial 
mortgage-backed 
securities

US GSE 

Commercial 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations
Corporate Bonds
Total held to 
maturity
Total securities

—

—

—

—
—

— —

— —

— —

—

—

—

— —

—

— —

9,509

9,483

1.19

9,509

9,483

— —

780

751 5.05

58,908

58,637

1.14

59,688

59,388

— —

10,674

10,324 2.57

—

— —

10,674

10,324

— —
— —

—
22,624

— —
22,821 1.81

—
—

— —
— —

5,229
—

4,975

2.96
— —

5,229
22,624

4,975
22,821

50,390
$ 66,550 $

50,362
66,485

1.19
1.49% $ 87,318 $

48,083

47,879 2.27
90,157
86,116 2.70% $202,674 $ 201,148 2.09% $ 386,230 $ 381,515

22,337 3.13

92,003

23,226

2.07
210,735
1.78% $ 742,772 $ 735,264

213,702

Deposits and Borrowings

Borrowings  including  Fed  funds  purchased,  repurchase  agreements  and  junior  subordinated  debentures,  increased  $55.0 million  to 
$87.9 million at December 31, 2012 from the prior year-end. Total deposits increased $221.1 million or 18.6% in 2012 as compared to 
2011. The growth in deposits is attributable to an increase in individual, partnership and corporate (“core deposits”) account balances
of $183.4 million, driven by the opening of one new branch in 2012, three new branches opening during 2010, the building of new 
relationships in current markets, an increase of $37.7 million in public funds deposits and the acquisition of HSB in 2011. Demand 
deposits increased $207.7 million or 64.6% and Savings, NOW and money market deposits increased $39.0 million or 5.7% primarily 

Page -31-

related  to  core deposits  growth.  Certificates  of  deposit of  $100,000 or  more  decreased  $21.9 million or  15.5%  from  December 31, 
2011 and other time deposits decreased $3.7 million or 8.8% as compared to the prior year.

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2012:

(In thousands)
3 Months or less
Over 3 through 6 months
Over 6 through 12 months
Over 12 months through 24 months
Over 24 months through 36 months
Over 36 months through 48 months
Over 48 months through 60 months
Over 60 months
Total

LIQUIDITY

Less than
$100,000

$100,000 or
Greater

Total

$

$

9,177
6,765
9,725
7,970
1,370
830
2,687
—
38,524

$

$

23,861
7,810
62,876
12,110
3,519
1,752
6,796
—
118,724

$

$

33,038
14,575
72,601
20,080
4,889
2,582
9,483
—
157,248

The  objective  of  liquidity  management  is  to  ensure  the  sufficiency  of  funds  available  to  respond  to  the  needs  of  depositors  and 
borrowers, and to take advantage of unanticipated earnings enhancement opportunities for Company growth. Liquidity management
addresses the ability of the Company to meet financial obligations that arise in the normal course of business. Liquidity is primarily 
needed  to  meet  customer  borrowing  commitments,  deposit  withdrawals  either  on  demand  or  contractual  maturity,  to  repay  other 
borrowings as they mature, to fund current and planned expenditures and to make new loans and investments as opportunities arise.
The  Company’s  principal  sources  of  liquidity  included  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $5.2 million  as  of  December  31,  2012,  and 
dividends  from  the  Bank.  Cash  available  for  distribution  of  dividends  to  shareholders  of  the  Company  is  primarily  derived  from
dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. During 2012, the Bank did not pay a cash dividend to the Company. Prior regulatory 
approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income 
of that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. At December 31, 2012, the Bank had $33.5 million of 
retained  net  income  available  for  dividends  to  the  Company.  In  the  event  that  the  Company  subsequently  expands  its  current
operations,  in  addition  to  dividends  from  the  Bank,  it  will  need  to  rely  on  its  own  earnings,  additional  capital  raised  and  other 
borrowings to meet liquidity needs. The Company made a capital contribution of $7.0 million to the Bank during the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2012.

The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity due within one 
year. The levels of these assets are dependent upon the Bank’s operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given 
period. Other sources of liquidity include loan and investment securities principal repayments and maturities, lines of credit with other 
financial  institutions  including  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  and  Federal  Reserve  Bank,  growth  in  core  deposits  and  sources  of 
wholesale  funding  such  as  brokered  certificates  of  deposit.  While  scheduled  loan  amortization,  maturing  securities  and  short  term 
investments  are  a  relatively  predictable  source  of  funds,  deposit  flows  and  loan  and  mortgage-backed  securities  prepayments  are 
greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Bank adjusts its liquidity levels as appropriate 
to meet funding needs such as seasonal deposit outflows, loans, and asset and liability management objectives. Historically, the Bank 
has relied on its deposit base, drawn through its full-service branches that serve its market area and local municipal deposits, as its 
principal  source  of  funding.  The  Bank  seeks  to  retain  existing  deposits  and  loans  and  maintain  customer  relationships  by  offering 
quality service and competitive interest rates to its customers, while managing the overall cost of funds needed to finance its strategies.

During  2012,  2011  and  2010,  the  Bank  grew  its  core  deposits  as  well  as  its  level  of  public  funds.  The  Bank’s  Asset/Liability  and 
Funds  Management  Policy  allows  for  wholesale  borrowings  of  up  to  25%  of  total  assets.  At  December  31,  2012,  the  Bank  had 
aggregate  lines  of  credit  of  $282.5  million  with  unaffiliated  correspondent  banks  to  provide  short  term  credit  for  liquidity 
requirements.  Of  these  aggregate  lines  of  credit,  $262.5  million  is  available  on  an  unsecured  basis.  As  of  December  31,  2012,  the 
Bank  had $44.5  million in overnight borrowings outstanding  under these lines.   The Bank also has the ability, as a  member of  the
Federal Home  Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, to borrow against unencumbered residential and commercial  mortgages owned by the 
Bank. The Bank also has a master repurchase agreement with the FHLB, which increases its borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 
2012,  the  Bank  had  $15.0  million  outstanding  in  FHLB  term  borrowings.  The  Bank  had  $10.0  million  of  securities  sold  under 
agreements  to  repurchase  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2012  with  brokers  and  $2.4  million  outstanding  with  customers.    As  of
December 31, 2011, the Bank had $15.0 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding with brokers and $1.9 
million  outstanding  with  customers.  In  addition,  the  Bank  has  an  approved  broker  relationship  for  the  purpose  of  issuing  brokered 
certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 the Bank had no brokered certificates of deposits.  

Management  continually  monitors  the  liquidity  position  and  believes  that  sufficient  liquidity  exists  to  meet  all  of  our  operating 
requirements. Based on the objectives determined by the Asset and Liability Committee, the Bank’s liquidity levels may be affected 

Page -32-

by  the  use  of  short-term  and  wholesale  borrowings,  and  the  amount  of  public  funds  in  the  deposit  mix.  The  Asset  and  Liability 
Committee is comprised of members of senior management and the Board. Excess short-term liquidity is invested in overnight federal 
funds sold or in an interest earning account at the Federal Reserve.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

In the ordinary course of operations, the Company enters into certain contractual obligations.

The following represents contractual obligations outstanding at December 31, 2012:

(In thousands)
Operating leases
FHLB term advances and repurchase agreements
Junior subordinated debentures
Time deposits
Total contractual obligations outstanding

Total
Amounts
Committed

Less than
One Year

One to
Three Years

Four to
Five Years

Over Five
Years

$

$

19,416 $
27,390
16,002
157,248
220,056 $

1,658 $
17,390
—
120,214
139,262 $

3,466 $
10,000
—
24,969
38,435 $

2,837 $
—
—
12,065
14,902 $

11,455
—
16,002
—
27,457

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Some  financial  instruments,  such  as  loan  commitments,  credit  lines,  letters  of  credit,  and  overdraft  protection,  are  issued  to  meet 
customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in 
the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit 
loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to 
make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. At December 31, 
2012, the Company had $64.3 million in outstanding loan commitments and $183.2 million in outstanding commitments for various 
lines of credit including unused overdraft lines. The Company also has $3.8 million of standby letters of credit as of December 31, 
2012. See Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on loan commitments and standby 
letters of credit.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Stockholders’ equity increased to $118.7 million at December 31, 2012 from $107.0 million at December 31, 2011 as a result of (i) 
undistributed net income; (ii) the issuance of shares of common stock through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and the stock based 
compensation  plan; (iii) the  change  in  pension  liability  under  FASB  ASC  715-30,  net  of  deferred  taxes; (iv)  the  change  in  net 
unrealized appreciation in  securities available  for sale, net  of deferred taxes; and (v) less the declaration of dividends. The ratio of 
average stockholders’ equity to average total assets decreased to 7.49% at year end 2012 from 6.11% at year end 2011.

The  Company’s  capital  strength  is  paralleled  by  the  solid  capital  position  of  the  Bank,  as  reflected  in  the  excess  of  its  regulatory 
capital ratios over the risk-based capital adequacy ratio levels required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution by the FDIC 
(see  Note  14 to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  Since 2009,  the  Company  has  actively  managed  its  capital  position  in 
response to its growth. During this period, the Company has raised capital through the following initiatives:

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

In April 2009, the Company implemented a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRP Plan”) and filed a registration statement on 
Form S-3 to register 600,000 shares of common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the 
DRP  Plan.  In  April  2010,  the  Company  increased  the  discount  from  3%  to  5%,  and  raised  the  quarterly  optional  cash 
purchase amount to $50,000 under the DRP Plan. Proceeds from the issuance of common stock related to the DRP Plan for 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, was $10.5 million and $4.6 million, respectively. Since the inception 
of the DRP Plan in April 2009 through December 31, 2012, the Company has issued 856,005 shares of common stock and 
raised $16.8 million in capital. 
In June 2009, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC to register up to $50 million of 
securities for sale from time to time.
In December 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.50% 
cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the "TPS”), through its  subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The 
TPS  have  a  liquidation  amount  of  $1,000  per  security  and  the  TPS  shares  are  convertible  into  our  common  stock,  at  an 
effective conversion price of $31 per share.  The TPS mature in 30 years but are callable by the Company at par any time 
after September 30, 2014. The Company issued $16.0 million of Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures”) to the 
trust in exchange for ownership of all of the common security of the trust and the proceeds of the preferred securities sold by 
the trust. In accordance with current accounting guidance, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, 

Page -33-

but rather the Debentures are shown as a liability. The Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 8.50% and mature on 
December 31, 2039. Consistent with regulatory requirements, the interest payments may be deferred for up to 5 years, and 
are cumulative. The Debentures have the same prepayment provisions as the TPS. The Debentures may be included in Tier I 
capital (with certain limitations applicable) under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations. 

(cid:120) On  May  27,  2011,  the  Company  issued  273,479  shares  of  common  stock  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  Hamptons 

(cid:120)

State Bank, increasing capital by $5.8 million.
In  November  2011,  the  Company filed  a  prospectus  supplement  under  which  it  may  from  time  to  time  sell  up  to  $10.0 
million of its common stock pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011 the Company issued 30,220 
shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under this program.

(cid:120) On December 20, 2011, the Company raised $24.1 million in capital from the sale of 1,377,000 shares of common stock to 

selected institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering under its shelf registration statement.

(cid:120) On June 27, 2012, the Company filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC on Form S-3 to register up to an additional

800,000 of securities pursuant to the DRP Plan. 

(cid:120) On  December  21,  2012,  the  Company  filed  a  shelf  registration  statement  on  Form  S-3  to  register  up  to  $75  million  of 
securities and a prospectus and prospectus supplement, replacing the previously expired shelf registration statement on Form 
S-3 filed in June 2009.

The Company has the ability to issue additional common stock and/or preferred stock should the need arise. 

The  Company  had  returns  on  average  equity  of  11.78%,  14.37%,  and 15.29%  and  returns  on  average  assets  of  0.88%,  0.88%, and 
0.95%, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The Company also utilizes cash dividends and stock 
repurchases to manage capital levels. In 2012, the Company declared five quarterly cash dividends totaling $9.9 million compared to 
three  quarterly  cash  dividends  of $4.6  million  in  2011.  The  dividend payout  ratios  for  2012  and  2011 were  77.50%  and 44.35%, 
respectively.  The  Company  continues  its  trend  of  uninterrupted  dividends. On  March  27,  2006,  the  Company  approved  its  stock 
repurchase plan allowing the repurchase of up to 5% of its then current outstanding shares, 309,000 shares. There is no expiration date 
for the share repurchase plan. The Company considers opportunities for stock repurchases carefully. The Company did not repurchase 
any shares in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  notes  thereto  presented  herein  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally 
accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars 
without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary effect of inflation on 
the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets 
and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, changes in interest rates have a more significant effect on 
the performance of a financial institution than do the effects of changes in the general rate of inflation and changes in prices. Changes 
in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the 
same direction, or in the same magnitude, as the prices of goods and services. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, which 
are beyond the control of the Company, including the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions and the monetary and 
fiscal policies of the United States government and federal agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank.

IMPACT OF PROSPECTIVE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

For discussion regarding the impact of new accounting standards, refer to Note 1 r) of the notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Management considers interest rate risk to be the most significant market risk for the Company. Market risk is the risk of loss from 
adverse changes in market prices and rates. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a 
result of changes in interest rates.

The  Company’s  primary  earnings  source  is  net  interest  income,  which  is  affected  by  changes  in  the  level  of  interest  rates,  the 
relationship  between  rates,  the  impact  of  interest  rate  fluctuations  on  asset  prepayments,  the  level  and  composition  of  deposits  and 
liabilities, and the credit quality of earning assets. The Company’s objectives in its asset and liability management are to maintain a 
strong,  stable  net interest  margin, to utilize its capital effectively  without taking undue risks, to  maintain adequate liquidity, and to 
reduce vulnerability of its operations to changes in interest rates.

The Company’s Asset and Liability Committee evaluates periodically, but at least four times a year, the impact of changes in market 
interest rates on assets and liabilities, net interest margin, capital and liquidity. Risk assessments are governed by policies and limits 
established by senior management, which are reviewed and approved by the full Board of Directors at least annually. The economic 
environment continually presents uncertainties as to future interest rate trends. The Asset and Liability Committee regularly utilizes a 

Page -34-

model that projects net interest income based on increasing or decreasing interest rates, in order to be better able to respond to changes 
in interest rates.

At December 31, 2012, $694.0 million or 93.4% of the Company’s securities had fixed interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect 
the value of the Company’s interest earning assets and in particular its securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates 
inversely  with  changes  in  interest  rates.  Increases  in  interest  rates  could  result  in  decreases  in  the  market  value  of  interest  earning 
assets,  which could adversely affect the  Company’s stockholders’ equity and its results  of operations if sold. The Company is also 
subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also could affect the type (fixed-
rate or adjustable-rate) and amount of loans originated by the Company and the average life of loans and securities, which can impact 
the yields earned on the Company’s loans and securities. In periods of decreasing interest rates, the average life of loans and securities 
held by the Company may be shortened to the extent increased prepayment activity occurs during such periods which, in turn, may 
result in the investment of funds from such prepayments in lower yielding assets. Under these circumstances the Company is subject 
to reinvestment risk to the extent that it is unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to 
the  rates  on  existing  loans  and  securities.  Additionally,  increases  in  interest  rates  may  result  in  decreasing  loan  prepayments  with 
respect to fixed rate loans (and therefore an increase in the average life of such loans), may result in a decrease in loan demand, and 
make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.

The Company utilizes the results of a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure to net interest income 
to sustained interest rate changes.  Management routinely monitors simulated net interest income sensitivity over a rolling two-year 
horizon.  The simulation model captures the seasonality of the Company’s deposit flows and the impact of changing interest rates on 
the interest income received and the interest expense paid on all assets and liabilities reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance 
sheet.    This  sensitivity  analysis  is  compared  to  the  asset  and  liability  policy  limits  that  specify  a  maximum  tolerance  level  for  net 
interest income exposure over a one-year horizon given a 100 and 200 basis point upward shift in interest rates and a 100 basis point 
downward shift in interest rates.  A parallel and pro-rata shift in rates over a twelve-month period is assumed.  

The following reflects the Company’s net interest income sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2012:

Change in Interest
Rates in Basis Points
(Dollars in thousands)
200
100
Static
(100)

2012
Potential Change
in Net
Interest Income

$ Change

% Change

$
$

$

(899)
467
—
(338)

(1.83)%
0.95%
—
(0.69)%

The  preceding  sensitivity  analysis  does  not  represent  a  Company  forecast  and  should  not  be  relied  upon  as  being  indicative  of
expected  operating  results.  These  hypothetical  estimates  are  based  upon  numerous  assumptions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the 
nature  and  timing  of  interest  rate  levels  and  yield  curve  shapes,  prepayments  on  loans  and  securities,  deposit  decay  rates,  pricing 
decisions on loans and deposits, and reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. While assumptions are developed 
based upon perceived current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive 
nature of these assumptions including how customer preferences or competitor influences may change.

Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to prepayment and 
refinancing levels  likely  deviating  from  those  assumed,  the  varying  impact  of  interest  rate  change  caps  or  floors  on adjustable  rate 
assets,  the  potential  effect  of  changing  debt  service  levels  on  customers  with  adjustable  rate  loans,  depositor  early  withdrawals, 
prepayment penalties and product preference changes and other internal and external variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis 
does not reflect actions that management might take in responding to, or anticipating changes in interest rates and market conditions.
Management considers interest rate risk to be the most significant market risk for the Company. Market risk is the risk of loss from 
adverse changes in market prices and rates. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a 
result of changes in interest rates.

Page -35-

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
Interest earning deposits with banks

Total cash and cash equivalents

Securities available for sale, at fair value
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $213,702 and $170,952, respectively)

Total securities

Securities, restricted

Loans held for sale

Loans held for investment

Allowance for loan losses

Loans, net

Premises and equipment, net
Accrued interest receivable
Goodwill
Core deposit intangible 
Other real estate owned
Other assets
Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Demand deposits
Savings, NOW and money market deposits
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
Other time deposits

Total deposits

Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank term advances
Repurchase agreements
Junior subordinated debentures
Accrued interest payable
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
Total Liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued)
Common stock, par value $.01 per share:

Authorized: 20,000,000 shares; 8,923,010 and 8,374,917 shares issued, respectively; 8,907,890 and 

8,345,399 shares outstanding, respectively

Surplus
Retained earnings
Less: Treasury Stock at cost, 15,120 and 29,518 shares, respectively

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

Net unrealized gain on securities, net of deferred income taxes of ($1,803) and ($3,774), respectively
Pension liability, net of deferred income taxes of $2,036 and $2,205, respectively
Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedge, net of deferred income taxes of $70 and $0, respectively

Total Stockholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page -36-

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

46,855 $
4,394
51,249

$   

$

529,070
210,735
739,805

2,978

—

798,446
(14,439)
784,007

26,001
5,436
2,034
249
250
12,704
1,624,713 $  

529,205 $
722,869
118,724
38,524
1,409,322

44,500
15,000
12,390
16,002
147
8,680
1,506,041

—

—

89
64,208
55,102
(309)
119,090

2,738
(3,050)
(106)
118,672

$   

1,624,713 $  

25,921
53,625
79,546

441,439
169,153
610,592

1,660

2,300

612,143
(10,837)
601,306

24,171
4,940
2,034
316
—
10,593
1,337,458

321,496
683,863
140,578
42,248
1,188,185

—
—
16,897
16,002
319
9,068
1,230,471

—

—

84
52,962
52,228
(715)
104,559

5,734
(3,306)
—
106,987
1,337,458

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 

Years Ended December 31,
Interest income:

Loans (including fee income)
Mortgage-backed securities, CMOs and other assets-backed securities
State and municipal obligations
U.S. GSE securities
Corporate bonds
Federal funds sold
Deposits with banks
Other interest and dividend income

Total interest income

Interest expense:

Savings, NOW and money market deposits
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
Other time deposits
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Junior subordinated debentures

Total interest expense

Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after provision for loan losses

Non interest income:

Service charges on deposit accounts
Fees for other customer services
Title fee income
Net securities gains 
Other operating income

Total non interest income

Non interest expense:

Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy and equipment
Marketing and advertising
Professional services
Data/Item processing
FDIC assessments
Acquisition costs 
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Cost of extinguishment of debt
Other operating expenses

Total non interest expense

Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page -37-

2012

2011

2010

$

$
$
$

40,255
7,391
3,126
2,977
574
—
78
113
54,514

3,738
1,453
416
461
122
1,365
7,555

46,959
5,000
41,959

3,313
2,958
1,635
2,647
120
10,673

20,705
4,484
1,590
1,047
597
754
—
67
158
4,378
33,780

18,852
6,080
12,772
1.48
1.48

$

$
$
$

35,434
9,000
2,876
2,220
705
—
123
68
50,426

3,936
1,264
507
543
—
1,366
7,616

42,810
3,900
38,910

3,137
2,553
1,016
135
108
6,949

18,036
4,325
1,290
1,225
559
825
793
42
—
3,742
30,837

15,022
4,663
10,359
1.54
1.54

$

$
$
$

30,223
9,585
2,704
2,054
231
5
54
43
44,899

3,594
1,489
762
530
—
1,365
7,740

37,159
3,500
33,659

2,756
2,163
1,103
1,303
108
7,433

15,978
3,975
1,105
1,158
555
1,274
—
—
—
3,834
27,879

13,213
4,047
9,166
1.45
1.45

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(In thousands)

Years Ended December 31,
Net Income
Other comprehensive (loss) income:

Change in unrealized net gains on securities available for sale, net of 

reclassification and deferred tax effects

Adjustment to pension liability, net of deferred income taxes
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge, net of deferred income taxes

            Total other comprehensive (loss) income 
Comprehensive income

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2012

2011

2010

$

12,772

$

10,359

$

9,166

(2,996)
256
(106)
(2,846)
9,926

$

2,185
(1,524)
—
661
11,020

$

(1,700)
(55)
—
(1,755)
7,411

$

Page -38-

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

Balance at January 1, 2010
Net income 
Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan 

(“DRP”), net of offering costs
Stock awards granted and distributed
Vesting of stock awards
Exercise of stock options
Tax effect of stock plans
Shared based compensation expense
Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share

Other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes
Balance at December 31, 2010

Net income 
Shares issued under the DRP
Shares issued in common stock offerings, net of 

offering costs (1,407,220 shares)

Shares issued in the acquisition of Hamptons State 

Bank (273,479 shares)

Stock awards granted and distributed
Stock awards forfeited
Vesting of stock awards
Tax effect of stock plans
Shared based compensation expense
Cash dividend declared, $0.69 per share
Other comprehensive income, net of deferred income 

taxes

Common 
Stock

Surplus

$

64

$

18,631

$

Retained
Earnings

43,110
9,166

Treasury
Stock

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

$

(3,472)

$

3,522

$

1,395
(1,147)

(20)
11
881

1,147
(37)
37

(5,813)

Total

61,855
9,166

1,395
—
(37)
17
11
881
(5,813)

$

64

$

19,751

$

46,463

$

(2,325)

$

(1,755)
1,767

$

(1,755)
65,720

3

14

3

4,624

23,447

5,847
(1,777)
39

(16)
1,047

10,359

(4,594)

1,777
(39)
(128)

Balance at December 31, 2011

$

84

$

52,962

$

52,228

$

(715)

$

Net income 
Shares issued under the DRP, net of offering costs
Stock awards granted and distributed
Stock awards forfeited
Vesting of stock awards
Exercise of stock options
Tax effect of stock plans 
Shared based compensation expense
Cash dividend declared, $1.15 per share
Other comprehensive income, net of deferred income 

taxes

5

10,502
(580)
6

(7)
(18)
1,343

12,772

(9,898)

580
(6)
(175)
7

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

89

$

64,208

$

55,102

$

(309)

$

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page -39-

10,359
4,627

23,461

5,850
—
—
(128)
(16)
1,047
(4,594)

661
2,428

661
106,987

$

12,772
10,507
—
—
(175)
—
(18)
1,343
(9,898)

(2,846)
(418)

$

(2,846)
118,672

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands)

Years Ended December 31,
Cash flows from operating activities:

2012

2011

2010

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

$

12,772

$

10,359 $

9,166

Provision for loan losses
Depreciation and amortization
Net amortization on securities 
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Share based compensation expense
Net securities gains
Increase in accrued interest receivable
(Increase) decrease in other assets 
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of securities available for sale
Purchases of securities, restricted
Purchases of securities held to maturity
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
Redemption of securities, restricted
Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities available for sale 
Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities held to maturity
Net increase in loans
Proceeds from loan sale
Purchase of premises and equipment
Net cash acquired in business combination

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

5,000
1,762
5,573
67
1,343
(2,647)
(496)
(2,287)
1,737
22,824

(511,979)
(31,355)
(132,304)
151,959
30,037
266,095
89,123
(186,226)
575
(3,592)
—
(327,667)

3,900
1,843
2,400
42
1,047
(135)
(787)
1,593
(1,582)
18,680

(302,760)
(315)
(83,911)
14,084
225
196,886
61,844
(73,029)
—
(2,031)
2,309
(186,698)

3,500
1,612
1,454
—
881
(1,303)
(474)
2,041
(1,454)
15,423

(226,213)
(2,055)
(137,240)
31,446
1,976
175,013
66,056
(57,070)
—
(3,989)
—
(152,076)

Net increase in deposits 
Net increase (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and FHLB overnight 

221,137

214,252

123,455

borrowings 

Net increase (decrease) of FHLB term advances
Net (decrease) increase in repurchase agreements 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting of 

restricted stock awards

Excess tax (expense) benefit from share based compensation
Cash dividends paid

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

Supplemental Information-Cash Flows:

Cash paid for:
Interest 
Income tax

Noncash investing and financing activities:

Dividends declared and unpaid at end of period
Transfers from portfolio loans to loans held for sale
Financing of sale of loans held for sale
Transfers from portfolio loans to OREO
Acquisition of noncash assets and liabilities:

Fair value of assets acquired
Fair value of liabilities assumed

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page -40-

44,500
15,000
(4,507)
10,507
—

(175)
(18)
(9,898)
276,546

(28,297)
79,546
51,249

7,727
5,260

$

$
$

— $
— $
$
$

1,725
250

(7,000)
(5,016)
527
28,088
—

(128)
(16)
(6,061)
224,646

56,628
22,918
79,546 $

7,730 $
4,550 $

— $
2,300 $
— $
— $

— $
— $

66,566 $
65,059 $

5,000
—
1,370
1,395
17

(37)
11
(5,787)
125,424

(11,229)
34,147
22,918

7,838
5,922

1,467
—
—
—

—
—

$

$
$

$
$
$
$

$
$

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated under the laws of the State of New York and is a registered single bank holding 
company. The Company’s business currently consists of the operations of its wholly-owned subsidiary, The Bridgehampton National 
Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank’s operations include its real estate investment trust subsidiary, Bridgehampton Community, Inc. (“BCI”) 
and a financial title insurance subsidiary, Bridge Abstract LLC (“Bridge Abstract”). 

In  addition  to  the  Bank,  the  Company  has  another  subsidiary,  Bridge  Statutory  Capital  Trust  II, which  was  formed  in  2009.  In 
accordance  with current accounting guidance, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.  See Note 7 for a 
further discussion of Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. 

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and general 
practices  within  the  financial  institution  industry.  The  following  is  a  description  of  the  significant  accounting  policies  that  the 
Company follows in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements. 

a) Basis of Financial Statement Presentation 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting and include the accounts of the 
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  requires  management  to 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities as of the date of each consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of income for the years then ended. 
Such estimates are subject to change in the future as additional information becomes available or previously existing circumstances 
are  modified.  Actual  future  results  could  differ  significantly  from  those  estimates.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses,  fair  values  of 
financial  instruments,  deferred  taxes,  prepayment  speeds  on  mortgage-backed  securities,  and  pension  assumptions  are  particularly 
subject to change. 

b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For  purposes  of  reporting  cash  flows,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  on  hand,  amounts  due  from  banks,  interest  earning 
deposits with  banks, and  federal  funds  sold,  which  mature  overnight.  Cash  flows  are  reported  net  for  customer  loan  and  deposit 
transactions, overnight borrowings and federal funds purchased, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and repurchase agreements.

c) Securities

Debt and equity securities are classified in one of the following categories: (i) “held to maturity” (management has a positive intent 
and ability to hold to maturity),  which are reported at amortized cost, (ii) “available for sale” (all other debt and marketable equity 
securities), which are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported net of tax, as accumulated other comprehensive 
income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and (iii) “restricted” which represents FHLB, FRB and bankers’ banks stock 
which are reported at cost. 

Premiums  and  discounts  on  securities  are  amortized  to  expense  and  accreted  to  income  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  respective
securities using the interest method. Gains and losses on the sales of securities are recognized upon realization based on the specific 
identification method. Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized 
losses.  In  estimating  other-than-temporary  impairment  (“OTTI”),  management  considers many  factors  including:  (1)  the  length  of 
time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the 
market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more 
than  likely  than  not  will  be  required  to  sell  the  security  before  its  anticipated  recovery. If  either  of  the  criteria  regarding  intent  or 
requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. 
For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) 
OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and (2) impairment related to other factors, which is 
recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The assessment of whether any other than temporary decline exists may involve 
a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time. 

Page -41-

d) Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock 

The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  FHLB  system.  Members  are  required  to  own  a  particular  amount  of  stock  based  on  the  level  of 
borrowings  and  other factors,  and  may  invest  in  additional  amounts.  FHLB  stock  is  carried  at  cost  and  classified  as  a  restricted 
security,  and  periodically  evaluated  for  impairment  based  on  ultimate  recovery  of  par  value.  Both  cash  and  stock  dividends  are
reported as income. 

e) Loans, Loan Interest Income Recognition and Loans Held for Sale

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred origination costs and fees and purchase premiums and discounts.
Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with loan originations are deferred 
and amortized to income over the life of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. When a loan prepays, the remaining unamortized 
net deferred origination fees or costs are recognized in the current year. Interest on loans is credited to income based on the principal 
outstanding  during  the  period.    Past  due  status  is  based  on  the  contractual  terms  of  the  loan. Loans  that  are  90  days  past  due  are 
automatically placed on nonaccrual and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. However, if the 
loan is in the process of collection and the Bank has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible based upon individual 
If a payment is 
loan evaluation assessing such factors as collateral and collectibility, accrued interest will be recognized as earned.
received when a loan is nonaccrual or a troubled debt restructuring loan is nonaccrual, the payment is applied to the principal balance.
A performing troubled debt restructuring loan is on accrual status in line with the modified terms. Loans are returned to accrual status 
when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the 
scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by 
management  in  determining  impairment  include  payment  status  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest
payments when due. Loans for which the terms have been modified as a concession to the borrower due to the borrower experiencing 
financial difficulties are considered troubled debt restructurings and are classified as impaired. Loans considered to be troubled debt 
restructurings can be categorized as nonaccrual or performing. The impairment of a loan is measured at the value of expected future 
cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less costs 
to sell if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally, the Bank measures impairment of such loans by reference to the fair value of the 
collateral less costs to sell. Loans that experience minor payment delays and payment shortfall generally are not classified as impaired. 

Loans over $50,000 are individually evaluated for impairment.  If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the 
loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if 
repayment is expected solely from the collateral.  Loans with balances less than $50,000, are collectively evaluated for impairment, 
and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.  

Loans that were acquired from the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank on May 27, 2011 were initially recorded at fair value with no 
carryover  of  the  related  allowance  for  loan  losses.  After  acquisition,  losses  are  recognized  through the  allowance  for  loan  losses. 
Determining  fair  value  of  the  loans  involves  estimating  the  amount  and  timing  of  expected  principal  and  interest  cash  flows  to  be 
collected  on  the  loans  and  discounting  those  cash  flows  at  a  market  interest  rate.  Some  of  the  loans  at  time  of  acquisition  showed 
evidence of credit deterioration since origination. These loans are considered purchase credit impaired loans.

For purchased credit impaired loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the 
accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually 
required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. 
The  nonaccretable  discount  represents  estimated  future  credit  losses  expected  to  be  incurred  over  the  life  of  the  loan.  Subsequent 
increases  to  the  expected  cash  flows  result  in  the  reversal  of  a  corresponding  amount  of  the  nonaccretable  discount  which  is  then 
reclassified as accretable discount and recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the interest method. 
Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require us to evaluate the need for an addition to the allowance for loan losses.

Purchased credit impaired loans that met the criteria for nonaccrual of interest prior to the acquisition may be considered performing 
upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if management can reasonably estimate the timing 
and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and if management expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. 
As such, management may no longer consider the loans to be nonaccrual or nonperforming and may accrue interest on these loans,
including the impact of any accretable discount. 

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost, or estimated fair market value. At December 31, 2011, the Company had 
$2.3 million of loans held for sale.  These loans were subsequently sold in January 2012 with no resulting gain or loss recognized.
There were no loans held for sale at December 31, 2012.

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan classes.

Page -42-

f) Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio 
on  a  regular  basis,  with  consideration  given  to  loan  growth,  detailed  analyses  of  classified  loans,  repayment  patterns,  delinquency 
status, past  loss  experience,  current  economic  conditions,  and  various  types  of  concentrations  of  credit.  Additionally,  the  Bank
considers  its  credit  administration  and  asset  management  philosophies  and  procedures  and  concentrations  in  the  portfolio  when 
determining  the  allowances  for  each  pool.  The  Bank  evaluates  and  considers  the  credit’s  risk  rating  which  includes  management’s 
evaluation of: cash flow, collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, 
the  impact  that  economic  and  market  conditions  may  have  on  the  portfolio  as  well  as  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio.
Finally, the Bank evaluates and considers the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer  group and regulatory agency 
data.  These  evaluations  are  inherently  subjective  because,  even  though  they  are  based  on  objective  data,  it  is  management’s 
interpretation  of  that  data  that  determines  the  amount  of  the  appropriate  allowance.  If  the  evaluations  prove  to  be  incorrect,  the 
allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for 
loan losses.

The allowance consists of specific and general components.  The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as 
impaired.  

Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance. Based on the 
determination of management and the Credit Risk Committee, the overall level of allowance is periodically adjusted to account for the 
inherent and specific risks  within the entire portfolio. Based on the  Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified  loans and the 
overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2012, management believes the allowance for loan 
losses is adequate. 

A  loan  is  considered  a  potential  charge-off  when  it  is  in  default  of  either  principal  or  interest  for  a  period  of  90,  120  or  180  days, 
depending  upon  the  loan  type,  as  of  the  end  of  the  prior  month.  In  addition  to  delinquency  criteria,  other  triggering  events  may 
include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from 
the sale of collateral. 

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based 
on changes in conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review 
the  Bank’s  allowance  for  loan  losses.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Bank  to  recognize  additions  to,  or  charge-offs  against,  the 
allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination. Refer to Note 3 for further 
details.

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan segments.

g) Premises and Equipment 

Buildings, furniture and fixtures and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are 
depreciated using the straight-line method using a useful life of fifty years for buildings and a range of two to ten years for equipment, 
computer hardware and software, and furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective 
leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Land is recorded at cost. 

Improvements and major repairs are capitalized, while the cost of ordinary maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged 
to expense. 

h) Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments 

Financial  instruments  include  off-balance  sheet  credit  instruments,  such  as  unused  lines  of  credit,  commitments  to  make  loans  and 
commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer-financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, 
before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet when they are 
funded. 

i) Derivatives

The Company records a cash flow hedge at the inception of the derivative contract based on the Company’s intentions and belief as to 
likely effectiveness as a hedge.  The cash flow hedge represents a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to 
be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability.  For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in 
other  comprehensive  income  and  is  reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same  periods  during  which  the  hedged transaction  affects 
earnings. The changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not highly effective in hedging the changes in fair value or expected cash 

Page -43-

flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings.  Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify 
for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as noninterest income.

Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the 
item being hedged.  Net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in noninterest income. 
Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged. 

The Company formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective 
and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions at the inception of the hedging relationship.  This documentation includes linking 
cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions.  The 
Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are 
used  are  highly  effective  in  offsetting  changes  in  fair  values  or  cash  flows  of  the  hedged  items.  The  Company  discontinues  hedge 
accounting  when  it  determines  that  the  derivative  is  no  longer  effective  in  offsetting  changes  in  the  fair  value  or  cash  flows  of  the 
hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, a hedged firm commitment 
is no longer firm, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended. 

When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as noninterest income.  A cash 
flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were 
accumulated  in  other  comprehensive  income  are  amortized  into  earnings  over  the  same  periods  which  the  hedged  transactions  will 
affect earnings.

j) Income Taxes 

The  Company  follows  the  asset  and  liability  approach,  which  requires  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the 
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, 
computed using enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that a future benefit will be realized. 
It is management’s position, as currently supported by the facts and circumstances, that no valuation allowance is necessary against 
any of the Company’s deferred tax assets. 

In accordance with FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is 
“more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. 
The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax 
positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. There are no such tax positions on the Company’s 
financial statements at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company did not have
any amounts accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2012 or 2011.

k) Treasury Stock 

Repurchases of common stock are recorded as treasury stock at cost. Treasury stock is reissued using the first in, first out method. 

l) Earnings Per Share 

Earnings per share is calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 260-10, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based 
Payment  Transactions  Are  Participating  Securities”.  This  ASC  addresses  whether  instruments  granted  in  share-based  payment 
transactions  are  participating  securities  prior  to  vesting  and,  therefore,  need  to  be  included  in  the  earnings  allocation  in  computing 
earnings  per  share  (“EPS”).  Basic  earnings  per  common  share  is  net  income attributable  to  common  shareholders divided  by  the 
weighted average  number of  common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share,  which reflects the potential 
dilution  that  could  occur  if  outstanding  stock  options  were  exercised  and  if junior  subordinated  debentures  were  converted  into 
common  shares,  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income attributable  to  common  shareholders by  the  weighted  average  number  of 
common shares and common stock equivalents. 

m) Dividends 

Cash available for distribution of dividends to shareholders of the Company is primarily derived from cash and cash equivalents of the 
Company and dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. Due to regulatory restrictions, dividends from the Bank to the Company at 
December 31, 2012, were limited to $33.5 million which represents the Bank’s 2012 retained net income and net retained earnings 
from the previous two years. During 2012, the Bank did not pay dividends to the Company. Prior regulatory approval is required if the 
total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income of that year combined with 
its retained net income of the preceding two years.

Page -44-

n) Segment Reporting 

While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and 
operations  are  managed  and  financial  performance  is  evaluated  on  a  Company-wide  basis.  Accordingly,  all  of  the  financial  service 
operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment. 

o) Stock Based Compensation Plans 

Stock  based  compensation  awards  are  recorded  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  No.  718 and  505,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based 
Compensation” which requires companies to record compensation cost for stock options and stock awards granted to employees in 
return for employee service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options and awards when granted, and this cost is expensed 
over the employee service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options and awards. 

p) Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive income includes net income and all other changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments 
by  owners  and  distributions  to  owners.  Other  comprehensive  income  includes  revenues,  expenses,  gains  and  losses  that  under 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  are  included  in  comprehensive  income  but  excluded  from  net  income.  Comprehensive 
income and accumulated other comprehensive income are reported net of deferred income taxes. Accumulated other comprehensive 
income for the Company includes unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities, unrealized gains or losses on cash 
flow  hedges  and  changes  in  the  funded  status  of  the  pension  liability.  FASB  ASC  715-30 “Compensation  – Retirement  Benefits  –
Defined  Benefit  Plans  – Pension”  requires  employers  to  recognize  the  overfunded  or  underfunded  status  of  a  defined  benefit 
postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the 
year the changes occur through comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income is net of reclassification adjustments for realized 
gains (losses) on sales of available for sale securities. 

q) Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in
Note  13.  Fair value  estimates  involve  uncertainties  and  matters  of  significant  judgment  regarding  interest  rates,  credit  risk, 
prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market 
conditions could significantly affect the estimates. 

r) New Accounting Standards 

In October 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-06, “Business 
Combinations” (“ASU 2012-06”). Accounting for a business combination requires that at each subsequent reporting date, an acquirer 
measure an indemnification asset on the same basis as the indemnified liability or asset, subject to any contractual limitations on its 
amount, and for an indemnification asset that is not subsequently measured at its fair value, management’s assessment of the 
collectibility of the indemnification asset. This Update addresses the diversity in practice about how to interpret the terms on the same 
basis and contractual limitations when subsequently measuring an indemnification asset recognized in a government-assisted (Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation or National Credit Union Administration) acquisition of a financial institution that includes a loss-
sharing agreement (indemnification agreement). The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact 
on the financials.

In  October  2012,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No. 2012-04,  “Technical  Corrections  and  Improvements”  (“ASU 
2012-04”). The amendments in this Update represent changes to clarify the Codification, correct unintended application of guidance, 
or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or 
create a significant administrative cost to most entities. Additionally, the amendments will make the Codification easier to understand
and  the  fair  value  measurement  guidance  easier  to  apply  by  eliminating  inconsistencies  and  providing  needed  clarifications.  The 
amendments in this Update that will not have transition guidance will be effective upon issuance for both public entities and nonpublic 
entities. For public entities, the amendments that are subject to the transition guidance will be effective for fiscal periods beginning 
after December 15, 2012. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on the financials.

In August 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-03, “Technical Amendments and Corrections to SEC 
Sections” (“ASU 2012-03”). The accounting guidance includes amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting 
Bulletin No. 114, Technical Amendments Pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-9250, and Corrections Related to FASB Accounting
Standards Update No. 2010-22. The accounting guidance is effective immediately and did not have a material impact on the 
Company.

In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Deferral of the 
Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in 

Page -45-

Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05”. In order to defer only those changes in Update 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of 
reclassification adjustments, the paragraphs in this Update supersede certain pending paragraphs in Update 2011-05. The amendments 
are  being  made  to  allow  the  FASB  time  to  redeliberate  whether  to  present  on  the  face  of  the  financial  statements  the  effects  of 
reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income 
for  all  periods  presented.  While  the  FASB  is  considering  the  operational  concerns  about  the  presentation  requirements  for 
reclassification adjustments and the needs of  financial statement users for additional information about reclassification adjustments, 
entities  should continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent  with the presentation 
requirements in effect before Update 2011-05.

In  September  2011,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2011-8,  “Intangibles  – Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350) 
Testing Goodwill for Impairment” (“ASU 2011-8”). ASU 2011-8 clarifies the guidance for goodwill impairment testing by allowing 
companies  to  first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  necessary  to  perform  the  two-step  quantitative  goodwill 
impairment test. The company  would not be required to calculate the  fair value of a reporting unit unless the company determines, 
based  on  a  qualitative  assessment,  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  its  fair  value  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  ASU  2011-8
includes a number of events and circumstances  for companies to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. ASU 2011-8 is 
effective  for  annual  and  interim  goodwill  impairment  tests  performed  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2011.  Early 
adoption is permitted. The Company has early adopted ASU 2011-8 for its annual impairment test for the year ended December 31, 
2011 and it did not have a material impact on the Company.

In  June  2011,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.2011-5,  “Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220)”  (“ASU  2011-5”). 
ASU  2011-5  gives  companies  the  option  to  present  the  total  of  comprehensive  income,  the  components  of  net  income,  and  the 
components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but 
consecutive  statements.  In  both  choices,  the  company  is  required  to  present  each  component  of  net  income  along  with  total  net
income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for 
comprehensive income. ASU 2011-5 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the 
statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The amendments in this guidance do not change the items that must be reported in other 
comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-5 is effective 
for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Adoption of ASU 2011-5 did not have a 
material impact on the Company and the relevant disclosures were included in this document.

In  May  2011,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.2011-4,  “Fair  Value  Measurement  and  Disclosures  (Topic  820)” 
(“ASU 2011-4”). ASU 2011-4 clarifies the guidance for determining fair value including some instances where a particular principle 
or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair value measurements has changed. This Update results in 
common  principles  and  requirements  for  measuring  fair  value  and  for  disclosing  information  about  fair  value  measurements  in 
accordance  with  current  accounting  guidance.  ASU  2011-4  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods  ending  on  or  after 
December  15,  2011.  Adoption  of  AUS  2011-4  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company  and  the  relevant  disclosures  were 
included in this document.

s) Reclassifications 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts, and the related discussion and analysis, to conform to the current year 
presentation. 

Page -46-

2. SECURITIES 

A summary of the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of securities is as follows: 

December 31,
(In thousands)

Available for sale:

U.S. GSE securities 
State and municipal obligations 
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-

backed securities 

U.S. GSE residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-

backed securities 

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized 

mortgage obligations 

Non Agency commercial mortgage-

backed securities 

Other asset backed securities

Total available for sale 

Held to maturity:

U.S. GSE securities
State and municipal obligations 
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-

backed securities 

U.S. GSE residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-

backed securities 

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized 

mortgage obligations 

     Corporate Bonds
Total held to maturity 
Total securities 

2012

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

Amortized
Cost

2011

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

$ 178,421
58,867

$

19,462

224,226

3,132

9,079

4,754

26,588
524,529

4,992
98,752

9,483

59,388

10,324

4,975
22,821
210,735
$ 735,264

$

377
1,132

1,135

2,762

6

278

235

65
5,990

24
2,241

26

704

350

254
134
3,733
9,723

$

(346)
(36)

$

178,452
59,963

$ 130,708
52,861

$

—

20,597

67,317

(542)

226,446

175,878

—

—

—

3,138

9,357

4,989

—

5,167

—

(525)
(1,449)

26,128
529,070

—
431,931

—
(31)

—

(404)

—

5,016
100,962

9,509

59,688

10,674

—
104,314

—

42,081

—

968
1,366

3,667

3,493

—

70

—

—
9,564

—
2,048

—

1,104

—

$

(2)
(8)

—

$ 131,674
54,219

70,984

(46)

179,325

—

—

—

—
(56)

—
(5)

—

(21)

—

—

5,237

—

—
441,439

—
106,357

—

43,164

—

—
(331)
(766)
(2,215)

5,229
22,624
213,702
742,772

$

$

—
22,758
169,153
$ 601,084

—
3
3,155
12,719

$

—
(1,330)
(1,356)
(1,412)

—
21,431
170,952
$ 612,391

$

Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2012 and 2011, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have 
been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows: 

December 31,
(In thousands)

Available for sale:

2012

2011

Less than 12 months
Fair 
Value

Unrealized
losses

Greater than 12 months
Unrealized
losses

Fair 
Value

Less than 12 months

Greater than 12 months

Fair Value

Unrealized
losses

Fair Value

Unrealized
losses

U.S. GSE securities 
State and municipal obligations 
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-

backed securities

U.S. GSE residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations

Other asset backed securities

Total available for sale

$

79,692
13,878

$

90

65,961

18,109
177,730

Held to maturity:

State and municipal obligations 
U.S. GSE residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations

     Corporate Bonds
Total held to maturity

28,939

41,563
—
70,502

$

$

346
36

—

542

525
1,449

31

404
—
435

$

— $
226

— $
—

—

—

—
226

—

—
17,669
$ 17,669

$

—

—

—
—

—

—
331
331

$

7,196
4,283

—

7,672

—
19,151

7,011

4,810
4,664
16,485

$

$

2
8

—

46

—
56

5

21
336
362

$

— $
—

—

—

—
—

—

—
12,006
12,006

$

$

—
—

—

—

—
—

—

—
994
994

Unrealized losses on securities have not been recognized into income, as the losses on these securities would be expected to dissipate 
as they approach their maturity dates. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment periodically and with 
increased frequency when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to the length of time and the 
extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, whether the market 
decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more than likely 
than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, the Company 

Page -47-

may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its entities, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies 
have occurred, and the issuer’s financial condition. 

At  December  31,  2012,  the  majority of  unrealized  losses  on  available  for  sale  securities  are  related  to  the  Company’s  U.S.  GSE 
residential  collateralized  mortgage  obligations,  Other  asset  backed  securities  and  U.S.  GSE  securities.  The  majority  of  unrealized 
losses on held to maturity securities are related to U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations and corporate bonds.  The 
decrease in fair value of the U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations, Other asset backed securities and the corporate 
bond portfolio is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality.  Each issuer of corporate bonds has maintained their 
well capitalized status and continues to be reviewed periodically.  The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it
is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery. Therefore, the Company does 
not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012.

The following table sets forth the fair value, amortized cost and maturities of the securities at December 31, 2012. Expected maturities 
will  differ  from  contractual  maturities  because  borrowers  may  have  the  right  to  call  or  prepay  obligations  with  or  without  call  or 
prepayment penalties. 

December 31, 2012
(In thousands)

Available for sale:

U.S. GSE securities 
State and municipal 

obligations 

U.S. GSE residential 
mortgage-backed 
securities

U.S. GSE residential 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations

U.S. GSE commercial 
mortgage-backed 
securities

U.S. GSE commercial 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations

Non Agency commercial 
mortgage-backed 
securities

Other Asset backed 

Within
One Year

After One But
Within Five Years

After Five But
Within Ten Years

After
Ten Years

Total

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value 
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

$

— $

— $

568 $

539

$ 137,880 $ 137,824

$

40,004 $

40,058

$ 178,452 $

178,421

16,160

16,123

38,099

37,165

5,227

5,123

477

456

59,963

58,867

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

568

533

9,831

9,314

10,198

9,615

20,597

19,462

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

15,401

15,422

211,045

208,804

226,446

224,226

3,138

3,132

—

—

3,138

3,132

—

—

—

—

9,357

9,079

9,357

9,079

4,989

      4,754

4,989

4,754

securities

Total available for sale 

—
16,160

—
16,123

—
39,235

—
38,237

7,971
179,448

7,996
178,811

18,157
294,227

18,592
291,358

26,128
529,070

26,588
524,529

Held to maturity:

U. S. GSE securities
State and municipal 

obligations 

U.S. GSE residential 
mortgage-backed 
securities

U.S. GSE residential 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations

U.S. GSE commercial 
mortgage-backed 
securities

U.S. GSE commercial 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations
Corporate Bonds
Total held to maturity 
Total securities 

$

—

—

—

—

50,390

50,362

25,459

25,058

5,016

6,756

4,992

6,270

—

—

5,016

4,992

18,357

17,062

100,962

98,752

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

9,509

9,483

9,509

9,483

780

751

58,908

58,637

59,688

59,388

10,674

10,324

—

—

10,674

10,324

—
—
50,390
66,550 $

—
—
50,362
66,485

$

—
22,624
48,083
87,318 $

—
22,821
47,879
86,116

—
—
23,226

—
—
22,337
$ 202,674 $ 201,148

5,229
—
92,003
$ 386,230 $

4,975
—
90,157
381,515

5,229
22,624
213,702
$ 742,772 $

4,975
22,821
210,735
735,264

There  were  $152.0  million  of  proceeds  on  sales  of  available  for  sale  securities  with  gross  gains  of  approximately  $3.2  million and 
gross losses of approximately $0.6 realized in 2012.  There  were $14.1 million of proceeds on sales of available  for sale securities 
with gross gains of approximately $0.1 million and gross losses of approximately $0.01 realized in 2011.  There were $31.4 million of 
proceeds on sales of available for sale securities and gross gains of approximately $1.3 million realized in 2010. No securities were 
sold at a loss in 2010.

Page -48-

Securities having a fair value of approximately $333.0 million and $287.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were 
pledged to secure public deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank overnight borrowings. The Company did 
not hold any trading securities during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. 

As of December 31, 2012, there was one issuer, other than U.S. Government and its Sponsored Entities, where the Bank had invested 
holdings that exceeded 10% of stockholder’s equity and represented 13% of stockholder’s equity.  These assets are more than 95% 
backed by a U.S. Government guarantee.  There were no investment holdings of any one issuer that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ 
equity at December 31, 2011, other than U.S. Government and its Sponsored Entities.  As of December 31, 2010, there was one issuer 
where the Bank had invested holdings that exceeded 10% of stockholder’s equity and represented 14% of stockholder’s equity. The 
majority of these holdings matured in the first quarter of 2011. 

3. LOANS 

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans: 

December 31,
(In thousands)
Commercial real estate mortgage loans 
Multi-family mortgage loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans 
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans 
Total loans 
Net deferred loan costs and fees 

Allowance for loan losses 
Net loans 

Lending Risk 

2012

2011

$

$

332,782
66,080
143,703
197,448
48,632
9,167
797,812
634
798,446
(14,439)
784,007

$

$

283,917
21,402
141,027
116,319
40,543
8,565
611,773
370
612,143
(10,837)
601,306

The  principal  business  of  the  Bank  is  lending,  primarily  in  commercial  real  estate  mortgage  loans,  multi-family  mortgage  loans, 
residential  real  estate  mortgage  loans,  construction  loans,  home  equity  loans,  commercial  and  industrial  loans,  land  loans  and 
consumer  loans.  The  Bank  considers  its  primary  lending  area  to  be  eastern  Long  Island  in  Suffolk  County,  New  York,  and  a 
substantial portion of the Bank’s loans are secured by real estate in this area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of such a loan 
portfolio is susceptible to changes in market and economic conditions in this region. 

Commercial Real Estate Mortgages

Loans  in  this  classification  include  income  producing  investment  properties  and  owner  occupied real  estate  used  for  business 
purposes. The underlying properties are generally located largely in our primary market area. The cash flows of the income producing
investment properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, 
will have an effect on credit quality. Generally, management seeks to obtain annual financial information for borrowers with loans in 
excess of $0.25 million in this category. In the case of owner-occupied real estate used for business purposes, a weakened economy 
and resultant decreased consumer and/or business spending will have an adverse effect on credit quality.

Multi-Family Mortgages 

Loans in this classification include income producing residential investment properties of 5 or more families. The loans are usually 
made in areas with limited single family residences generating high demand for these facilities. Loans are made to established owners 
with a proven and demonstrable record of strong performance. Loans are secured by a first mortgage lien on the subject property with 
a loan to value ratio generally not exceeding 75%. Repayment is derived generally from the rental income generated from the property 
and  maybe  supplemented  by  the  owners’  personal  cash  flow. Credit  risk  arises  with  an  increase  in  vacancy  rates,  property 
mismanagement and the predominance of non-recourse loans that are customary in the industry.

Residential Real Estate Mortgages and Home Equity Loans 

Loans in these classifications are made to and secured by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the
credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will 
have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class. The Bank generally does not originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater 
than 80% and does not grant subprime loans.

Page -49-

Commercial, Industrial and Agricultural Loans 

Loans  in  this classification are  made  to  businesses.  Generally  these  loans  are secured  by  assets  of  the  business  and  repayment  is 
expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer and/or business spending will 
have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class.

Real Estate Construction and Land Loans 

Loans in this classification primarily include land loans to local individuals, contractors  and developers for developing the land for 
sale or for the purpose of making improvements thereon. Repayment is derived primarily from sale of the lots/units including any pre-
sold units. Credit risk is affected by market conditions, time to sell at an adequate price and cost overruns. To a lesser extent this class 
includes commercial development projects that the Company finances, which in most cases require interest only during construction, 
and  then convert  to  permanent  financing.  Credit  risk  is  affected  by construction  delays,  cost  overruns,  market  conditions  and  the
availability of permanent financing, to the extent such permanent financing is not being provided by us.

Installment and Consumer Loans 

Loans  in  this  classification may  be  either  secured or  unsecured  and  repayment  is  dependent  on  the  credit quality  of  the  individual 
borrower and, if applicable, sale of the collateral securing the loan such as automobiles. Therefore, the overall health of the economy,
including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class.

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  established  and  maintained  through  a  provision  for  loan  losses  based  on  probable  incurred  losses 
inherent  in  the  Bank’s loan  portfolio.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The  allowance  is 
comprised of both individual valuation allowances and loan pool valuation allowances.

The  Bank  monitors  its  entire  loan  portfolio  on  a  regular  basis,  with  consideration  given  to  detailed  analysis  of  classified  loans, 
repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of 
credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including 
the  procedures  for  impairment  testing  under  FASB  Accounting  Standard  Codification  (“ASC”)  No.  310,  “Receivables”.  Such 
valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, 
considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash 
flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. 
Pursuant  to  our  policy,  loan  losses  must  be  charged-off  in  the  period  the  loans,  or  portions  thereof,  are  deemed  uncollectible. 
Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a 
loan  is  not  reasonably  assured.  These  assumptions  and  judgments  are  also  used  to  determine  the  estimates  of  the  fair  value  of  the 
underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable  market value. Individual valuation 
allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. Individual loan analyses are periodically 
performed on specific loans considered impaired. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the 
overall allowance for loan losses.

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated  with 
our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations 
are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, multi-family 
mortgage  loans,  home  equity  loans,  residential  real  estate  mortgages,  commercial  and  industrial loans,  real  estate  construction  and 
land  loans  and  consumer  loans.    The  determination  of  the  adequacy  of  the  valuation  allowance  is  a  process  that  takes  into 
consideration  a  variety  of  factors.  The  Bank  has  developed  a  range  of  valuation  allowances  necessary  to  adequately  provide  for 
probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-off history along with the growth in the portfolio 
as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and procedures when determining the allowances for 
each  pool.  In  addition,  we  evaluate  and  consider  the  credit’s  risk  rating  which  includes  management’s  evaluation  of:  cash  flow, 
collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic 
and  market  conditions  may  have  on  the  portfolio  as  well  as  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio.  Finally,  we  evaluate  and
consider  the  allowance  ratios  and  coverage  percentages  of  both  peer  group  and  regulatory  agency  data.  These  evaluations  are 
inherently  subjective  because,  even  though  they  are  based  on  objective  data,  it  is  management’s  interpretation  of  that  data  that 
determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be 
sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

The Credit Risk Committee is comprised of members of both management and the Board of Directors. The adequacy of the allowance 
is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the Credit Risk Committee, based on its risk assessment 

Page -50-

of the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they 
relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2012, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been established at 
levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may 
be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the 
allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance 
for  loan  losses.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Bank  to  recognize  adjustments  to  the  allowance  based  on  their  judgments  of  the
information available to them at the time of their examination.

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses: 

December 31,
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Net charge-offs
Provision for loan losses charged to operations 
Balance at end of period 

2012

2011

2010

$

$

10,837
(1,510)
112
(1,398)
5,000
14,439

$

$

8,497
(1,681)
121
(1,560)
3,900
10,837

$

$

6,045
(1,120)
72
(1,048)
3,500
8,497

The following table represents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment, 
as defined under ASC 310-10, and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The loan segment represents the 
categories that the Bank develops to determine its allowance for loan losses.  

December 31, 2012
(In thousands)
Allowance for Loan Losses
Beginning balance

Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
Ending balance

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Loans

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated 
credit quality

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Commercial 
Real Estate 
Mortgage 
Loans

Multi-family  
Loans

Residential Real 
Estate Mortgage 
Loans

Commercial, 
Financial and 
Agricultural 
Loans

Real Estate 
Construction 
and Land 
Loans

Installment/ 
Consumer 
Loans

Total

3,530 $
—
—
915
4,445 $

395 $
—
—
844
1,239 $

2,280
(1,210)
7
1,726
2,803

$

$

2,895 $
(285)
83
1,656
4,349 $

1,465
—
—
(90)
1,375

$

$

272
(15)
22
(51)
228

$

$

10,837
(1,510)
112
5,000
14,439

— $

— $

141

$

228 $

— $

— $

369

4,445 $

1,239 $

2,662

332,782 $

66,080 $

143,703

$

$

4,121 $

1,375

197,448 $

48,632

$

$

228

9,167

$

$

14,070

797,812

4,776 $

— $

2,549

$

883 $

— $

— $

8,208

327,282 $

66,080 $

141,154

$

196,350 $

48,331

$

9,167

$

788,364

724 $

— $

— $

215 $

301

$

— $

1,240

Page -51-

December 31, 2011
(In thousands)
Allowance for Loan Losses
Beginning balance

Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
Ending balance

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Loans

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated 
credit quality

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Commercial 
Real Estate 
Mortgage 
Loans

Multi-family  
Loans

Residential Real 
Estate Mortgage 
Loans

Commercial, 
Financial and 
Agricultural 
Loans

Real Estate 
Construction and 
Land Loans

Installment/ 
Consumer 
Loans

3,310 $
—
—
220
3,530 $

133 $
—
—
262
395 $

1,642
(259)
6
891
2,280

$

$

2,804 $
(372)
96
367
2,895 $

185
(864)
—
2,144
1,465

$

$

423
(186)
19
16
272

$

$

Total

8,497
(1,681)
121
3,900
10,837

— $

— $

105

$

162 $

— $

— $

267

3,530 $

395 $

2,175

283,917 $

21,402 $

141,027

$

$

2,733 $

1,465

116,319 $

40,543

$

$

272

8,565

$

$

10,570

611,773

5,079 $

— $

2,942

$

752 $

250

$

— $

9,023

278,202 $

21,402 $

138,085

$

115,364 $

40,029

$

8,565

$

601,647

636 $

— $

— $

203 $

264

$

— $

1,103

The Company has an immaterial amount of purchased loans as a result of the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank in 2011, for which 
there  was,  at  acquisition,  evidence  of  deterioration  of  credit  quality  since  origination  and  it  was  probable,  at  acquisition,  that  all 
contractually required payments would not be collected. These loans are referred to as loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality 
in the table above.

Credit Quality Indicators

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt 
including  repayment  patterns,  probable  incurred  losses,  past  loss  experience,  current  economic  conditions,  and  various  types  of 
concentrations of credit. Assigned risk rating grades are continuously updated as new information is obtained. Loans risk rated special 
mention,  substandard  and  doubtful are reviewed  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The Company  uses  the  following  definitions for  risk  rating 
grades:

Pass: Loans classified as pass include current loans performing in accordance with contractual terms, pools of homogenous residential 
real estate and installment/consumer loans that are not individually risk rated and loans which exhibit certain risk factors that require 
greater than usual monitoring by management.

Special  mention:  Loans  classified  as  special  mention, while  generally  not  delinquent,  have potential  weaknesses  that  deserve 
management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for 
the loan or in the Bank's credit position at some future date. 

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard have a well defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. 
There is a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard loan, and may also be at delinquency status 
and have defined weaknesses based on currently existing facts, conditions and values making collection or liquidation in full highly 
questionable and improbable.

Page -52-

The following table represents loans by class categorized by internally assigned risk grades:

December 31, 2012

(In thousands)
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

December 31, 2011

(In thousands)
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

Pass

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Grades:

$

138,675

$

11,285

$

11,039

$

— $

159,967

66,080

72,158

65,955

81,661

105,454

45,178

9,058

7,523

—

—

745

1,447

1,948

—

—

4,293

—

2,846

1,282

5,605

1,234

3,454

109

—

—

717

—

—

99

—

—

160,999

171,783

66,080

75,721

67,982

88,713

108,735

48,632

9,167

$

744,186

$

22,948

$

29,862

$

816

$

797,812

Pass

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Grades:

$

120,662

$

14,975

$

9,839

$

— $

126,016

21,402

64,725

70,947

52,686

53,421

35,979

8,283

9,443

—

—

584

4,258

1,613

—

264

2,982

—

1,351

1,972

3,208

1,124

4,314

18

—

—

1,223

225

—

9

250

—

145,476

138,441

21,402

67,299

73,728

60,152

56,167

40,543

8,565

$

554,121

$

31,137

$

24,808

$

1,707

$

611,773

Page -53-

Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans

The following  table represents the aging of  the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 
2011 by class of loans, as defined by ASC 310-10:

December 31, 2012

(In thousands)
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

December 31, 2011

(In thousands)
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

30-59 Days 
Past Due

60-89 Days 
Past Due

>90 Days
Past Due
And
Accruing

Nonaccrual 
Including 90 
Days or More 
Past Due

Total Past 
Due and 
Nonaccrual

Current

Total Loans

$

— $

1,265 $

—

—

—

965

—

22

—

—

—

—

158

—

—

—

—

—

491
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$

492 $

2,248 $

158,751 $

160,999

—

—

1,203

1,010

136

426

22

—

—

—

171,783

66,080

1,361

1,975

136

448

22

—

74,360

66,007

88,577

108,287

48,610

9,167

171,783

66,080

75,721

67,982

88,713

108,735

48,632

9,167

$

987

$

1,423 $

491

$

3,289 $

6,190 $

791,622 $

797,812

30-59 Days 
Past Due

60-89 Days 
Past Due

>90 Days
Past Due
And
Accruing

Nonaccrual 
Including 90 
Days or More 
Past Due

Total Past 
Due and 
Nonaccrual

Current

Total Loans

$

485

$

1,281 $

406

$

449

$

2,621

$

142,855

$

145,476

—

—

—

448

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

255

—

53

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5

—

—

1,561

1,382

479

40

250

—

—

—

138,441

21,402

138,441

21,402

1,561

2,085

479

93

250

6

65,738

71,643

59,673

56,074

40,293

8,559

67,299

73,728

60,152

56,167

40,543

8,565

$

934

$

1,589 $

411

$

4,161

$

7,095

$

604,678

$

611,773

Page -54-

All loans 90 days or more past due that are still accruing interest represent loans that were acquired from Hamptons State Bank on 
May  27,  2011  and  were  recorded  at  fair  value  upon  acquisition.  These  loans  are  considered  to  be  accruing  as  management  can 
reasonably estimate future cash flows on these acquired loans and expect to fully collect the carrying value of these loans. Therefore, 
the difference between the carrying value of these loans and their expected cash flows is being accreted into income.

Impaired Loans

As  of  December  31,  2012  and  December 31,  2011,  the  Company  had  impaired  loans  as  defined  by  FASB  ASC  No. 310, 
“Receivables”  of  $8.2 million  and  $9.0 million,  respectively.  For  a  loan  to  be  considered  impaired,  management  determines  after 
review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan 
agreement. Management applies its  normal loan review procedures in  making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually
classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of 
the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22.  Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash 
flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to 
determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of 
the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan 
loss allowance allocation is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the 
fair value hierarchy described in FASB ASC 820-10-50-5. 

The following tables represent impaired loans by class at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

December 31, 2012

(In thousands)
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans

Total with no related allowance recorded

With an allowance recorded:
Residential real estate – Home equity
Commercial – Unsecured

Total with an allowance recorded

Total:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans
Residential real estate:

First lien
Home equity

Commercial:
Secured
Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total 

Recorded 
Investment

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance

Related 
Allocated 
Allowance

Average 
Recorded 
Investment

Interest 
Income 
Recognized

$

3,860 $

3,931 $

916
—

1,539

736

515

95
—
—
7,661

274
273

547

3,860
916
—

1,539
1,010

916
—

2,151

1,094

520

97
—
—
8,709

287
302

589

3,931
916
—

2,151
1,381

515
368
—
—
8,208 $

$

520
399
—
—
9,298 $

Page -55-

— $
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—
—

141
228

369

—
—
—

—
141

—
228
—
—
369

3,816 $

916
—

1,484

768

281

42

2
—
7,309

244
236

480

3,816
916
—

1,484
1,012

281
278
2
—
7,789 $

$

116

61
—

35
—

14
—
—
—
226

—
—
—

116
61
—

35
—

14
—
—
—
226

Recorded 
Investment

Unpaid Principal 
Balance

Related 
Allocated 
Allowance

Average 
Recorded 
Investment

Interest Income 
Recognized

$

4,163 $

4,206 $

— $

4,208 $

December 31, 2011

(In thousands)
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans

916

—

338

688

533

—

250

—

916

—

344

860

533

—

371

—

Total with no related allowance recorded

6,888

7,230

With an allowance recorded:
Residential real estate – First lien
Residential real estate – Home equity
Commercial – Secured 

Total with an allowance recorded

Total:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans
Residential real estate:

First lien
Home equity

Commercial:
Secured
Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total 

1,223
693
219

2,135

4,163
916
—

1,561
1,381

752
—
250
—

1,329
700
229

2,258

4,206
916
—

1,673
1,560

762
—
371
—

$

9,023 $

9,488 $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

76
29
162

267

—
—
—

76
29

162
—
—
—

267

929

—

346

778

535

—

250

—

7,046

1,241
694
235

2,170

4,208
929
—

1,587
1,472

770
—
250
—

415

15

—

—

—

7

—

—

—

437

—
—
—

—

415
15
—

—
—

7
—
—
—

$

9,216 $

437

The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and loan origination fees, net due to immateriality. For purposes 
of this disclosure, the unpaid principal balance is not reduced for partial charge-offs.

The Bank had $0.3 million foreclosed real estate owned at December 31, 2012, and had none at December 31, 2011.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The terms of certain loans were modified and are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”). The modification of the terms of 
such  loans  included  one  or  a  combination  of  the  following:  a  reduction  of  the  stated  interest  rate  of  the  loan;  an  extension  of  the 
maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of 
the recorded investment in the loan. The modification of these loans involved a loan to borrowers  who were experiencing financial 
difficulties.

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed to determine if that borrower 
is  currently  in  payment  default  under  any  of  its  obligations  or  whether  there  is  a  probability  that  the  borrower  will  be  in  payment 
default  on  any  of  its  debt  in  the  foreseeable  future  without  the  modification.  This  evaluation  is  performed  under  the  Company’s 
internal underwriting policy.

Page -56-

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 
2012:

(In thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-Family

Residential real estate:

First lien 

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans

Total loans

Number of 
Contracts

Pre-Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment

Post-Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment

1

$

—

—

—

—

1

1
—

—

$

163
—

—

—

—

387

42
—

—

3

$

592

$

160
—

—

—

—

380

39
—

—

579

The TDRs described above did not increase the allowance for loan losses and there were charge offs of $0.4 million during the year 
ended December 31, 2012.

At December 31, 2012, there were no loans modified as TDRs for which there was a payment default within twelve months following 
the modification.  A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms. 

As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had $1.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively of nonaccrual TDR 
loans. As of December 31, 2012 two of the borrowers with loans totaling $0.3 million are complying with the modified terms of the 
loans and are currently  making payments.  Another borrower  with loans totaling $0.7 million is currently in default and foreclosure 
proceedings have been initiated. The decrease in nonaccrual TDR loans at December 31, 2012 was due to the reclassification of a 
$0.3 million nonaccrual TDR loan to a performing TDR as the borrower has made six months of consecutive payments in line with the 
restructured terms.  In addition, there was charge-offs totaling $0.7 million during 2012. Total nonaccrual TDR loans are secured with 
collateral  that  has  an  appraised  value  of  $2.7  million.  Furthermore,  the  Bank  has  no  commitment  to  lend  additional  funds  to  these 
debtors. 

In addition, the Company has six borrowers with performing TDR loans of $5.0 million at December 31, 2012 that are current and 
secured  with collateral that has an appraised value of approximately $12.3 million.  At December 31, 2011, the Company had four 
borrowers with TDR loans of $4.9 million that were current and secured with collateral that had an appraised value of approximately 
$11.5 million. Management believes that the ultimate collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured and therefore continues 
to recognize interest income on an accrual basis. Two of the loans were restructured during the third quarter of 2012, one of the loans 
in the second quarter of 2012 and one loan in the first quarter of 2012 and since that time the interest income recognized has been 
immaterial.  The fifth loan was restructured during the third quarter 2011 and since that time $0.08 million of interest income has been 
recognized.   The sixth loan was restructured during the third quarter of 2008 and since that time $0.5 million of interest income has 
been recognized. In addition, the Bank has no commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors.

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the year ended December 31, 2012 that did not meet the definition of a TDR. 
These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2012 of $50.3 million. The modification of these loans involved a 
modification of the terms of loans to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties.

Page -57-

Related Party Loans

Certain  directors,  executive  officers,  and  their  related  parties,  including  their  immediate  families  and  companies  in  which  they  are 
principal owners, were loan customers of the Bank during 2012 and 2011.

The following table sets forth selected information about related party loans at December 31, 2012:

(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2011
New loans 
Effective change in related parties 
Advances 
Repayments 
Balance at December 31, 2012

4. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consist of:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Land
Building and improvements 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization 

5. DEPOSITS

Time Deposits

Balance
Outstanding

1,050
—
—
745
(524)
1,271

2012

2011

7,174
13,837
15,229
6,803
43,043

(17,042)
26,001

$

$

$

7,174
13,720
12,445
6,120
39,459

(15,288)
24,171

$

$

$

$

$

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2012:

(In thousands)
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Total 

Less than
$100,000

$100,000 or
Greater

Total

$

$

25,667 $
7,970
1,370
830
2,687
38,524 $

94,547 $
12,110
3,519
1,752
6,796
118,724 $

120,214
20,080
4,889
2,582
9,483
157,248

Deposits from principal officers, directors and their affiliates at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were approximately $5.5 million and 
$4.7 million, respectively. Public fund deposits at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $269.8 million and $232.0 million, respectively.

6. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

At December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, securities sold under agreements to repurchase totaled $12.4 million, $16.9 million and $16.4
million, respectively, and were secured by U.S. GSE, residential  mortgage-backed securities and residential collateralized mortgage 
obligations with a carrying amount of $17.1 million, $23.3 million and $22.3 million, respectively.  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements with $2.4 million maturing during the first quarter of 2013
and $10.0 million maturing during the first quarter of 2015. At maturity, the securities underlying the agreements are returned to the 
Company. Information concerning the securities sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows:

Page -58-

(Dollars in thousands)
Average daily balance during the year 
Average interest rate during the year 
Maximum month-end balance during the year 
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 

7. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

2012

2011

2010

$

$

13,016

3.01%

16,722

2.99%

$

$

16,715

3.23%

17,469

3.18%

$

$

16,648

3.10%

17,192

3.21%

In  December  2009,  the  Company  completed  the  private  placement  of  $16.0  million in  aggregate  liquidation  amount  of  8.50% 
cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the "TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The TPS have a 
liquidation  amount  of  $1,000 per  security  and are  convertible  into  our  common  stock,  at  an  effective  conversion  price  of  $31  per 
share.  The TPS mature in 30 years but are callable by the Company at par any time after September 30, 2014.

The Company issued $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) to the trust in exchange for ownership of all 
of  the  common  security  of  the  trust  and  the  proceeds  of  the  preferred  securities  sold  by  the  trust.  In  accordance  with  current 
accounting  guidance, the trust is  not consolidated in the  Company’s  financial statements, but rather the Debentures are shown as a 
liability. The Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 8.50% and mature on December 31, 2039. Consistent with regulatory 
requirements, the interest payments may be deferred for up to 5 years, and are cumulative. The Debentures have the same prepayment 
provisions as the TPS. 

The  Debentures  may  be  included  in  Tier  I  capital  (with  certain  limitations  applicable)  under  current  regulatory  guidelines  and 
interpretations.

8. DERIVATIVES

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of its asset liability management strategy to help manage its interest rate 
risk  position.  The  notional  amount  of  the  interest  rate  swap  does  not  represent  amounts  exchanged  by  the  parties.  The  amount 
exchanged is determined by reference to the notional amount and the other terms of the individual interest rate swap agreements. 

An interest rate swap with a notional amount totaling $15.0 million was entered into on June 28, 2012 and was designated as a cash 
flow hedge of certain Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The swap was determined to be fully effective during the period presented 
and therefore no amount of ineffectiveness has been included in net income. The aggregate fair value of the swaps is recorded in other 
assets  with  changes  in  fair  value  recorded  in  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  The  amount  included  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income (loss)  would be reclassified to current earnings if the  hedge transaction becomes probable of not occurring. 
The Company expects the hedges to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swap.

Summary information about the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Notional amounts
Weighted average pay rates
Weighted average receive rates
Weighted average maturity
Unrealized gains (losses)

As of December 31, 2012

15,000

0.99%
0.31%

4.49 years
(176)

$

$

Interest expense recorded on this swap transaction totaled $45,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and is reported as 
a component of interest expense on FHLB Advances.  

Cash Flow Hedge

The  following  table  presents  the  net  gains  (losses),  net  of  tax, recorded  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  and  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income relating to the cash flow derivative instruments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. 

(In thousands)
Interest rate contracts

2012

Amount of gain (loss) 
recognized in OCI 
(Effective Portion)

Amount of gain (loss) 
reclassified from OCI to 
interest income

Amount of gain (loss) 
recognized in other non-
interest income 
(Ineffective Portion)

$

(106) $

— $

—

Page -59-

The following table reflects the cash flow hedge included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012:

(In thousands)
Included in other liabilities:

Notional Amount

Fair Value

2012

Interest rate swap related to FHLB Advance

$

15,000

$

(176)

9. INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
Current:

Federal 
State 

Deferred:

Federal 
State 

Income tax expense

2012

2011

2010

$

$

5,660
582
6,242

(229)
67
(162)
6,080

$

$

3,700
603
4,303

469
(109)
360
4,663

$

$

3,340
530
3,870

347
(170)
177
4,047

The reconciliation of the expected Federal income tax expense at the statutory tax rate to the actual provision follows:

Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

2012

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

Amount

2011

2010

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

Amount

Amount

Federal income tax expense computed by 

applying the statutory rate to income before 
income taxes 
Tax exempt interest 
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit 
Other 
Income tax expense 

$

$

6,479
(878)
445
34
6,080

34% $
(5)
2
1
32% $

5,134
(896)
341
84
4,663

34% $
(6)
2
1
31% $

4,492
(817)
262
110
4,047

34%
(6)
2
1
31%

Page -60-

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for loan losses 
Restricted stock awards
Purchase accounting fair value adjustments
Net operating loss carryforward
Other

Total 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Pension and SERP expense 
Depreciation
REIT undistributed net income
Net deferred loan costs and fees
Other 

Total 

Total before other comprehensive income 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Net unrealized gains on securities 

Deferred tax assets:

Net change in pension liability 
Net change in cash flow hedge

Net deferred tax asset

2012

2011

$

$

6,144
777
777
516
276
8,490

(2,765)
(1,386)
(657)
(602)
(281)
(5,691)

2,799

4,592
710
1,168
617
456
7,543

(2,124)
(1,411)
(627)
(440)
(304)
(4,906)

2,637

(1,803)

(3,774)

2,036
70
3,102

$

2,205
—
1,068

$

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  U.S.  federal  income  tax  as  well  as  income  tax  of  the  State  of  New York.  The 
Company  is  no  longer  subject  to  examination  by  taxing  authorities  for  years  before  2009.  The  Company  does  not  expect  the  total 
amount of unrecognized income tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

a) Pension Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

The Bank  maintains a  noncontributory pension plan covering all eligible employees. The Bank  uses a December 31st measurement 
date for this plan in accordance with FASB ASC 715-30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension”. In 
September 2011, the Bank transferred all of the Plan assets out of the New York State Bankers Association Retirement System to the 
new  Trustee,  Bank  of  America,  N.A. During  2012,  the Company amended  the  pension  plan  revising  the  formula  for  determining 
benefits effective January 1, 2013, except for certain grandfathered employees. Additionally, new employees hired on or after October 
1, 2012 are not eligible for the pension plan.

During  2001,  the  Bank  adopted  the  Bridgehampton  National  Bank  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (“SERP”).  The  SERP 
provides benefits to certain employees, as recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and approved by
the full Board of Directors, whose benefits  under the pension plan are limited by the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue 
Code. The benefit under the SERP is equal to the additional amount the employee would be entitled to under the Pension Plan and the 
401(k) Plan in the absence of such Internal Revenue Code limitations. The assets of the SERP are held in a rabbi trust to maintain the 
tax-deferred status of the plan and are subject to the general, unsecured creditors of the Company. As a result, the assets of the trust 
are reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company.

Page -61-

Information about changes in obligations and plan assets of the defined benefit pension plan and the defined benefit plan component 
of the SERP are as follows:

At December 31,
(In thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Benefits paid and expected expenses 
Assumption changes and other 
Plan amendment

Benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in plan assets, at fair value:
Plan assets at beginning of year 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contribution 
Benefits paid and actual expenses 

Plan assets at end of year 

Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligations)

Pension Benefits

SERP Benefits

2012

2011

2012

2011

$

$

$

$

$

11,584
1,131
508
(366)
1,345
(1,095)
13,107

13,403
1,600
2,500
(378)
17,125

4,018

$

$

$

$

$

8,761
919
483
(234)
1,655
—
11,584

11,023
20
2,727
(367)
13,403

1,819

$

$

$

$

$

1,731
120
52
(112)
208
—
1,999

$

$

— $
—
112
(112)

— $

1,542
109
57
(112)
135
—
1,731

—
—
112
(112)
—

(1,999)

$

(1,731)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, consist of:

At December 31,
(In thousands)
Net actuarial loss
Prior service cost 
Transition obligation 
Plan amendment
Net amount recognized 

Pension Benefits

2012

2011

SERP Benefits

2012

2011

$

$

5,561
71
—
(1,094)
4,538

$

$

5,060
81
—
—
5,141

$

$

406
—
142
—
548

$

$

200
—
170
—
370

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  was  $11.6 million  and  $1.6 million  for  the  pension  plan  and  the  SERP,  respectively,  as  of 
December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, the accumulated benefit obligation was $9.4 million and $1.5 million for the pension 
plan and the SERP, respectively.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

At December 31,
(In thousands)
Components of net periodic benefit cost and other 

amounts recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of net loss 
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost 
Amortization of unrecognized transition (asset) obligation 
Net periodic benefit cost 

Net (gain) loss 
Prior service cost 
Transition obligation 
Amortization of net gain 
Amortization of prior service cost 
Amortization of transition obligation 

Deferred taxes 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other 

Pension Benefits

SERP Benefits

2012

2011

2010

2012

2011

2010

$

$

$

1,131
508
(993)
248
10
—
904

$

$

(345) $
—
—
(248)
(10)
—
(603)
240
(363)

$

$

$

919
483
(761)
102
9
—
752

2,529
—
—
(102)
(9)
—
2,418
(960)
1,458

769
434
(681)
104
9
—
635

254
—
—
(104)
(9)
—
141
(56)
85

$

$

$

$

$

$

120
52
—
—
—
30
202

208
—
—
—
—
(30)
178
(71)
107

$

$

$

109
57
—
—
—
28
194

136
—
—
—
—
(28)
108
(43)
65

96
62
—
—
—
28
186

(22)
—
—
—
—
(28)
(50)
20
(30)

comprehensive income 

$

541

$

2,210

$

720

$

309

$

259

$

156

Page -62-

The estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  into  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  next  fiscal  year  are $288,000,  $0 and  $77,000,
respectively. The estimated net loss and unrecognized net transition obligation for the SERP that will be amortized from accumulated 
other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $15,000 and $28,000, respectively.

Expected Long-Term Rate-of-Return

The  expected  long-term  rate-of-return  on  plan  assets  reflects  long-term  earnings  expectations  on  existing  plan  assets  and  those 
contributions  expected  to  be  received  during  the  current  plan  year.  In  estimating  that  rate,  appropriate  consideration  was  given  to 
historical returns earned by plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. Average rates of 
return  over  the  past  1,  3,  5  and  10-year  periods  were  determined  and  subsequently  adjusted  to  reflect  current  capital  market 
assumptions and changes in investment allocations.

At December 31,
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to 

Determine Benefit Obligations

Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase 
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to 
Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase 
Expected long-term rate of return 

Plan Assets

Pension Benefits
2011

2012

2010

2012

SERP Benefits
2011

2010

4.20%
3.00

4.53%
3.00

4.53%
3.00
7.50

5.58%
3.50
7.00

5.58%
3.50

5.89%
4.00
7.50

3.90%
5.00

3.13%
5.00

3.13%
5.00
—

3.87%
5.00
—

3.87%
5.00

4.31%
5.00
—

The Plan seeks to provide retirement benefits to the employees of the Bank who are entitled to receive benefits under the Plan.  The 
Plan Assets are overseen by a Committee comprised of management, who meet quarterly, and set the investment policy guidelines.

The  Plan’s  overall  investment  strategy  is  to  achieve  a  mix  of  approximately  97%  of  investments  for  long-term  growth  and  3%  for 
near-term benefit payments with a wide diversification of asset types, fund strategies, and fund managers. 

Cash equivalents consist primarily of short term investment funds. 

Equity securities primarily include investments in common stock, mutual funds, depository receipts and exchange traded funds.

Fixed  income  securities  include  corporate  bonds,  government issues, mortgage  backed  securities,  high  yield  securities  and  mutual 
funds.

The weighted average expected long term rate-of-return is estimated based on current trends in Plan assets as well as projected future 
rates of return on those assets and reasonable actuarial assumptions based on the guidance provided by ASOP No. 27 for the real and 
nominal rate of investment return for a specific mix of asset classes. The following assumptions were used in determining the long-
term rate-of-return:

The long term rate of return considers historical returns for the S&P 500 index and long term U.S. government bonds from 1926 to 
2012 representing cumulative returns of approximately 9.8% and 5.7%, respectively. These returns  were considered along  with the 
target allocations of asset categories. 

Page -63-

Effective  August  30,  2011,  the  Plan  revised  its  investment  guidelines.  Except  for  pooled  vehicles  and  mutual  funds,  which  are 
governed by the prospectus and unless expressly authorized by management, the Plan and its investment managers are prohibited from
purchasing the following investments:

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

Purchases of letter stock, private placements, or direct payments

Purchases of securities not readily marketable

Pledging or hypothecating securities, except for loans of securities that are fully collateralized

Purchasing or selling derivative securities for speculation or leverage

Investments by the investment managers in their own securities, their affiliates or subsidiaries (excluding 
money market funds)

Purchases of Bridge Bancorp stock

The target allocations for Plan assets are shown in the table below:

Asset Category
Cash Equivalents
Equity Securities
Fixed income securities

Total

Percentage of Plan Assets 
At December 31,

Target 
Allocation 
2013

2012

2011

Weighted-
Average 
Expected 
Long-term 
Rate of 
Return

0 – 5%
45 - 65%
35 - 55%

9.4%
54.2%
36.4%

21.6%
43.1%
35.3%

100.0%

100.0%

—
4.7%
2.8%

7.5%

Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit 
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs 
and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which 
the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the 
measurement date.

Level  2:  Significant  other  observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities;  quoted
prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level  3:  Significant  unobservable  inputs  that  reflect  a  reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  that  market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

In  instances  in  which  the  inputs  used  to  measure  fair  value  fall  into  different  levels  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  the  fair  value 
measurement  has  been  determined  based  on  the  lowest  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  in  its  entirety. 
Investments  valued  using  the  Net  Asset  Value  (“NAV”)  are  classified  as  level  2  if  the  System  can  redeem  its  investment  with  the 
investee  at  the  NAV  at  the  measurement  date.  If  the  System  can  never  redeem  the  investment  with  the  investee  at  the  NAV,  it  is 
considered a level 3. If the System can redeem the investment at the NAV at a future date, the System's assessment of the significance 
of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the 
asset.

Page -64-

In accordance with FASB ASC 715-20, the following table represents the Plan’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets measured 
at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

(Dollars in thousands)
Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash
Short term investment funds

Total cash equivalents
Equities:

U.S. Large cap
U.S. Mid cap
International
Total equities
Fixed income securities:
Government issues
Corporate bonds
High yield bonds and bond funds

Total fixed income securities
Total Plan Assets

(Dollars in thousands)
Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash
Short term investment funds

Total cash equivalents
Equities:

U.S. Large cap
U.S. Mid cap
U.S. Small cap
International
Total equities
Fixed income securities:
Government issues
Corporate bonds
High yield bonds and bond funds

Total fixed income securities
Total Plan Assets

Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2012 Using:

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1)

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3)

24
— $
24

1,591
1,591

8,075
596
601
9,272

9,296 $

1,717
1,396
3,125
6,238
7,829

Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2011 Using:

Carrying 
Value

$

24 $

1,591
1,615

8,075
596
601
9,272

1,717
1,396
3,125
6,238
17,125 $

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1)

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3)

Carrying 
Value

2,563 $
336
2,899

3,388
326
326
1,739
5,779

1,589
1,078
2,058
4,725
13,403 $

2,563

— $

2,563

3,388
326
326
1,739
5,779

8,342 $

336
336

1,589
1,078
2,058
4,725
5,061

Page -65-

$

$

$

The Company expects to contribute $2.0 million to the pension plan during 2013.

Estimated Future Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid as follows:

Year
(In thousands)
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Following 5 years 

b) 401(k) Plan

Pension and SERP Payments

$

560,186
606,708
657,058
740,152
900,932
7,103,618

The Company provides a 401(k) plan which covers substantially all current employees. Newly hired employees can elect to participate 
in  the  savings  plan  after  completing  six  months  of  service.  Under  the  provisions  of  the  savings  plan,  employee  contributions  are 
partially  matched  by  the  Bank  with  cash  contributions.  Participants  can  invest  their  account  balances  into  several  investment
alternatives. The savings plan does not allow for investment in the Company’s common stock. During the years ended December 31, 
2012, 2011 and 2010 the Bank made cash contributions of $263,000, $253,000, and $243,000 respectively.

c) Equity Incentive Plan

On May 4, 2012 the Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2012 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”) was approved by the shareholders to 
provide  for  the  grant  of  stock-based  and  other  incentive  awards  to  officers,  employees  and  directors  of  the  Company.  The  plan 
supersedes  the  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  Equity Incentive  Plan  that  was  approved  in  2006 (the  “2006  Plan”). The  number  of  shares  of 
Common  Stock  of  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  available  for  stock-based  awards  under  the 2012 Plan  is 525,000  plus  278,385  shares  that 
were  remaining  under  the  2006  Plan. Of  the  total  803,385  shares  of  common  stock  approved  for  issuance  under  the  Plan,  800,809 
shares remain available for issuance at December 31, 2012.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determines awards under the Plan. The Company accounts for this Plan under 
FASB ASC No. 718 and 505.

Page -66-

Stock Options 

The  fair  value  of  each  option  granted  is  estimated  on  the  date  of  the  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.  No  new 
grants of stock options were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2012 follows:

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Outstanding, December 31, 2011
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding, December 31, 2012
Vested and Exercisable, December 31, 2012

Range of Exercise Prices

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

3.44 years
3.44 years

$
$

3
3

25.05
—
15.47
25.28
—
25.32
25.32

Exercise
Price

15.47
24.00
25.25
26.55
30.60

Number
of
Options

54,223
—
(1,500)
(2,761)
—
49,962
49,962

Number
of
Options

600
4,572
39,659
3,000
2,131
49,962

$

$
$

$
$

$
$
$
$
$

The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  for  options  outstanding  and  exercisable  as  of  December  31,  2012  is  the  same  because  all  options are 
currently vested.

A summary of activity related to the stock options follows:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Intrinsic value of options exercised
Cash received from options exercised
Tax benefit realized from option exercises
Weighted average fair value of options granted

2012

2011

2010

$

$

7
—
—
—

— $
—
—
—

16
17
6
—

There  was  no  compensation  expense  attributable  to  stock  options  in  2012  because  all  stock  options  were  vested.  Compensation 
expense attributable to stock options was $0 and $41,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

Restricted Stock Awards

A summary of the status of the Company’s shares of unvested restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2012 follows:

Unvested, December 31, 2011
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested, December 31, 2012

Weighted
Average Grant-Date
Fair Value

$
$
$
$
$

21.56
19.82
21.46
22.06
21.38

Shares
211,371
21,993
(55,207)
(230)
177,927

The  2012  Plan provides  for  issuance  of  restricted  stock  awards.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  the  Company  granted 
restricted stock awards of 21,993 shares. These shares vest over approximately five years with a third vesting after years three, four 
and five. During the  year ended December 31, 2011, the Company  granted restricted stock awards of 68,588 shares. Of the 68,588 
shares granted, 5,000 shares vest ratably over three years, 44,588 shares vest over approximately five years with a third vesting after 

Page -67-

years three, four and five and 19,000 shares vest over approximately 7 years with a third vesting after years five, six and seven. During 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  granted  restricted  stock  awards  of  43,850  shares.  Of  the  43,850  shares  granted, 
29,420 shares vest over five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five and 10,000 shares vest over approximately 7 
years with a third vesting after years five, six and seven. The remaining 4,430 vest ratably over approximately five years. Such shares 
are  subject  to  restrictions  based  on  continued  service  as  employees  of  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries.  Compensation  expense 
attributable to these awards was approximately $1,185,000, $909,000 and $728,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 
2010, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $1,140,000, 
$774,000  and  $280,000,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2012,  there  was  $2,466,000  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  costs 
related to nonvested restricted stock awards granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average 
period of 3.5 years.

Restricted Stock Units

In  April  2009,  the  Company  adopted  a  Directors  Deferred  Compensation  Plan.  Under  the  Plan,  independent  directors  may  elect  to 
defer  all  or  a  portion  of  their  annual  retainer  fee  in  the  form  of  restricted  stock  units.  In  addition,  Directors  receive  a  non-election 
retainer in the form of restricted stock units. These restricted stock units vest ratably over one year and have dividend rights but no 
voting rights. In connection with this Plan, the Company recorded expenses of approximately $158,000, $138,000 and $112,000 for 
the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE

FASB ASC 260-10-45 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to 
vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”). The restricted stock 
awards  and  restricted  stock  units  granted  by  the  Company  contain  nonforfeitable  rights  to  dividends  and  therefore  are  considered 
participating securities. The two-class method for calculating basic EPS excludes dividends paid to participating securities and any 
undistributed  earnings  attributable  to  participating  securities.  Prior  period  EPS  figures  have  been  presented  in  accordance  with  this 
accounting guidance.

The following is a reconciliation of earnings per share for December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)
Net Income
Less: Dividends paid on and earnings allocated to participating securities
Income attributable to common stock

Weighted average common shares outstanding, including participating securities
Less: weighted average participating securities
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic earnings per common share

Income attributable to common stock

Weighted average common shares outstanding
Weighted average common equivalent shares outstanding
Weighted average common and equivalent shares outstanding
Diluted earnings per common share

2012

2011

2010

$ 12,772 $ 10,359 $ 9,166
(243)
$ 12,444 $ 10,060 $ 8,923

(299)

(328)

8,633
(223)
8,410
1.48 $

6,712
(193)
6,519

1.54 $

6,308
(170)
6,138
1.45

$

$ 12,444 $ 10,060 $ 8,923

8,410
1
8,411
1.48 $

6,519
1
6,520

1.54 $

6,138
1
6,139
1.45

$

There were 49,362 options outstanding at December 31, 2012 that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share 
because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of common stock and were, therefore, antidilutive. The 
$16.0  million  in  convertible  trust  preferred  securities  outstanding  at  December  31,  2012,  were  not  included  in  the  computation  of 
diluted earnings per share because the assumed conversion of the trust preferred securities was antidilutive.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  there  are  various  outstanding  commitments  and  contingent  liabilities,  such  as  claims  and  legal 
actions, minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases, guarantees and commitments to extend credit, which 
are  not  reflected  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.  No  material  losses  are  anticipated  as  a  result  of  these 
commitments and contingencies.

Page -68-

a) Leases

At December 31, 2012, the Company was obligated to make minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases 
for its premises. Projected minimum rentals under existing leases are as follows:

Year
(In thousands)
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Thereafter
Total minimum rentals

$

$

1,658
1,876
1,590
1,446
1,391
11,455
19,416

Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses which are reflected in the amounts listed above. In addition, certain leases provide for 
additional  payments  based  upon  real  estate  taxes,  interest  and  other  charges.  Certain  leases  contain  renewal  options which  are  not 
reflected. Rental  expenses  under leases  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2012,  2011 and  2010 approximated  $1.5 million, $1.2 
million, and $1.2 million, respectively.

b) Loan commitments

Some  financial  instruments,  such  as  loan  commitments,  credit  lines,  letters  of  credit,  and  overdraft  protection,  are  issued  to  meet 
customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in 
the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk of credit 
loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to 
make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. 

The following represents commitments outstanding:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Standby letters of credit
Loan commitments outstanding (1)
Unused lines of credit
Total commitments outstanding

2012

2011

$

$

3,800
64,336
183,183
251,319

$

$

3,130
45,841
155,209
204,180

(1) Of the $64.3 million of loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2012, $21.3 million are fixed rate

commitments and $43.0 million are variable rate commitments.

c) Other

During 2012, the Bank was required to maintain certain cash balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for reserve and 
clearing requirements. The required cash balance at December 31, 2012 was $1.0 million. During 2012, the Federal Reserve Bank of 
New  York  offered  higher  interest  rates  on  overnight  deposits  compared  to  our  correspondent  banks.  Therefore  the  Bank  invested 
overnight with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the average balance maintained during 2012 was $26.1 million.

During  2012,  2011  and  2010,  the  Bank  maintained  an  overnight  line  of  credit  with  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  New  York 
(“FHLB”).  The  Bank  has  the  ability  to  borrow  against  its  unencumbered  residential  and  commercial  mortgages  and  investment 
securities  owned  by  the  Bank.  At  December  31,  2012,  the  Bank  had  aggregate  lines  of  credit  of  $282.5  million  with  unaffiliated 
correspondent  banks  to  provide  short-term  credit  for  liquidity  requirements.  Of  these  aggregate  lines  of  credit,  $262.5  million  is 
available on an unsecured basis. As of December 31, 2012, the Bank had $44.5 million of such borrowings outstanding.

In  March  2001,  the  Bank  entered  into  a  Master  Repurchase  Agreement  with  the  FHLB  whereby  the  FHLB  agrees  to  purchase 
securities from the Bank, upon the Bank’s request, with the simultaneous agreement to sell the same or similar securities back to the 
Bank  at  a  future  date.  Securities  are  limited,  under  the  agreement,  to  government  securities,  securities  issued,  guaranteed  or
collateralized by any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government or any government sponsored enterprise, and non-agency AA 
and  AAA  rated  mortgage-backed  securities.  At  December  31,  2012,  there  was  $487.5  million  available  for  transactions  under  this 
agreement.

Page -69-

The Bank had $12.4 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding as of December 31, 2012 (See Note 6).

13. FAIR VALUE

FASB ASC No. 820-10 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit 
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the  measurement  date.  FASB  ASC  820-10  also  establishes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  which  requires  an  entity  to  maximize  the  use  of 
observable  inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs  when  measuring  fair  value.  The  standard  describes  three  levels  of 
inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the 
measurement date.

Level  2:  Significant  other  observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities;  quoted 
prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level  3:  Significant  unobservable  inputs  that  reflect  a  reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  that  market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Page -70-

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2012 Using:

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1)

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3)

Carrying 
Value

(In thousands)
Financial Assets:
Available for sale securities

U.S. GSE securities
State and municipal obligations
U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities
U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage 
obligations
U.S. GSE Commercial mortgage-backed securities
U.S. GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage 
obligations
Non Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities
Other Asset backed securities

Total available for sale

Financial Liabilities:
Derivatives

(In thousands)
Financial Assets:
Available for sale securities

U.S. GSE securities
State and municipal obligations
U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities
U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage 
obligations
U.S. GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage 
obligations

Total available for sale

178,452
59,963
20,597

226,446
3,138

9,357
4,989
26,128
529,070

(176)

$

$

Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2011 Using:

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1)

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3)

$

$

131,674
54,219
70,984

179,325

5,237
441,439

$

$

$

$

$

178,452
59,963
20,597

226,446
3,138

9,357
4,989
26,128
529,070

(176)

Carrying 
Value

131,674
54,219
70,984

179,325

5,237
441,439

Page -71-

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:

Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2012 Using:

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1)

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3)

$

178

Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2011 Using:

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1)

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3)

$

1,868
2,300

Carrying 
Value

$

178

Carrying 
Value

$

1,868
2,300

(In thousands)
Impaired loans

(In thousands)
Impaired loans
Loans held for sale

The  fair  value  of  the  loan  is  compared  to  the  carrying  value  to  determine  if  any  write-down  or  specific  reserve  is  required.  These 
methods  of  fair  value  measurement  for  impaired  loans  are  considered  level  3  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy  described  in  current 
accounting guidance. Impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012, had a carrying amount of $0.2
million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $0.5 million, net of a valuation allowance of $0.3 million. This resulted in an 
additional provision for loan losses of $0.3 million that is included in the amount reported on the income statement. Impaired loans 
with  allocated  allowance  for  loan  losses  at  December 31,  2011,  had  a  carrying  amount  of  $1.9  million,  which  is  made  up  of  the 
outstanding  balance  of  $2.1  million,  net  of  a  valuation  allowance  of  $0.2  million.  This  resulted  in  an  additional  provision  for  loan 
losses of $0.2 million that is included in the amount reported on the income statement.  Charge-offs of $0.9 million were incurred on 
loans transferred to loans held for sale at December 31, 2011.  No loans were transferred to loans held for sale in 2012.

The Company used the following method and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

Cash  and  Due  from  Banks  and  Federal  Funds  Sold:  Carrying  amounts  approximate  fair  value,  since  these  instruments  are  either 
payable  on  demand  or  have  short-term  maturities. Cash  on  hand  and  non-interest  due  from  bank  accounts  are  Level  1  and  interest 
bearing Cash Due from  Banks and Federal Funds Sold are Level 2.

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity: The estimated fair values are based on independent dealer quotations on nationally 
recognized  securities  exchanges,  if  available  (Level  1).  For  securities  where  quoted  prices  are  not  available,  fair  value  is  based  on
matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on 
quoted  prices  for  the  specific  securities  but  rather  by  relying  on  the  securities’  relationship  to  other  benchmark  quoted  securities
(Level 2).

Restricted Securities: It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB, ACBB and FRB stock due to restrictions placed on its 
transferability.

Derivatives: Represents an interest rate swap and the estimated fair values are based on valuation models using observable market data 
as of measurement date (Level 2).

Loans:  The  estimated  fair  values  of  real  estate  mortgage  loans  and  other  loans  receivable  are  based  on  discounted  cash  flow 
calculations  that  use  available  market  benchmarks  when  establishing  discount  factors  for  the  types  of  loans  resulting  in  a  Level  3 
classification. Exceptions may be made for adjustable rate loans (with resets of one year or less), which would be discounted straight 
to  their  rate  index  plus  or  minus  an  appropriate  spread.  All  nonaccrual  loans  are  carried  at  their  current  fair  value.  The  methods 
utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price and therefore, while permissible for presentation 
purposed under ASC 825-10, do not conform with ASC 820-10. 

Page -72-

Impaired  Loans:  For  impaired  loans,  the  Company  evaluates  the  fair  value  of  the  loan  in  accordance  with  current  accounting 
guidance. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair 
value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a 
combination  of  approaches  including  comparable  sales  and  the  income  approach.  Adjustments  are  routinely  made  in  the  appraisal
process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Adjustments 
may  relate  to  location,  square  footage,  condition,  amenities,  market  rate  of  leases  as  well  as  timing  of  comparable  sales.  Such 
adjustments  are  generally  capped  at  15%  of  appraised  value  and  typically  result  in  a  Level  3  classification  of  the  inputs  for 
determining fair value. These adjustments as of December 31, 2012 were not material to the financial statements. The fair value of the 
loan is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific reserve is required. Impaired loans are evaluated on 
a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.  

Appraisals  for  collateral-dependent  impaired  loans  are  performed  by  certified  general  appraisers  (for  commercial  properties)  or 
certified residential appraisers (for residential properties)  whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and  verified by  the 
Company.  Once received, the Credit Administration department reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as 
well  as  the  overall  resulting  fair  value  in  comparison  with  independent  data  sources  such  as  recent  market  data  or  industry-wide 
statistics.  On  a  quarterly  basis,  the  Company  compares  the  actual  selling  price  of  collateral  that  has  been  sold  to  the  most  recent 
appraised value to determine what additional adjustment should be  made to the appraisal value to arrive at fair value. Management 
also  considers  the  appraisal  values  for  commercial  properties  associated  with  current  loan  origination  activity.    Collectively,  this 
information  is  reviewed  to  help  assess  current  trends  in  commercial  property  values.  For  each  collateral  dependent  impaired  loan, 
management  considers  information  that  relates  to  the  type  of  commercial  property  to  determine  if  such  properties  may  have 
appreciated  or  depreciated  in  value  since  the  date  of  the  most  recent  appraisal.  Adjustments  to  fair  value  are  made  only  when the 
analysis indicates a probable decline in collateral values.

Loans  Held  For  Sale:    Loans  held  for  sale  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  fair  values.    The  fair  value  of  loans  held  for  sale  is 
determined using quoted prices for similar assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan or other observable market data, such as 
outstanding commitments from third party investors (Level 3).  

Deposits: The estimated fair  value of certificates of deposits are based on discounted cash  flow calculations that  use  a replacement 
cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for certificates of deposits maturities resulting in a Level 2 classification. Stated 
value is fair value for all other deposits resulting in a Level 1 classification.

Borrowed Funds: The estimated fair value of borrowed funds are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement 
cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for funding maturities resulting in a Level 2 classification.

Junior Subordinated Debentures: The estimated fair value is based on estimates using market data for similarly risk weighted items 
and takes into consideration the convertible features of the debentures into common stock of the Company which is an unobservable 
input resulting in a Level 3 classification. 

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable: For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of the fair 
value resulting in a Level 1 or 2 classification.

Off-Balance-Sheet  Liabilities:  The  fair  value  of  off-balance-sheet  commitments  to  extend  credit  is  estimated  using  fees  currently 
charged to enter into similar agreements. The fair value is immaterial as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Fair value estimates are made at specific points in time and are based on existing on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Such 
estimates are generally subjective in nature and dependent upon a number of significant assumptions associated with each financial 
instrument or group of financial instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks associated with specific financial instruments, 
estimates  of  future  cash  flows,  and  relevant  available  market  information.  Changes  in  assumptions  could  significantly  affect  the 
estimates. In addition,  fair value estimates do not reflect the value of anticipated  future business, premiums or discounts that could 
result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, or the tax consequences of 
realizing gains or losses on the sale of financial instruments.

Page -73-

The estimated fair values and recorded carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

Fair Value Measurement at
December 31, 2012 Using:

Quoted 
Prices In 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1)

46,855 $
—
—
n/a
—
—
—

Carrying 
Amount

$

46,855 $
4,394
529,070
2,978
210,735
784,007
5,436

157,248
1,252,074

—
1,252,074

(In thousands)
Financial Assets:

Cash and due from banks
Interest bearing deposits with banks
Securities available for sale
Securities restricted
Securities held to maturity
Loans, net
Accrued interest receivable

Financial Liabilities:

Certificates of deposit
Demand and other deposits
Federal funds purchased and

Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

Federal Home Loan Bank term advances
Repurchase agreements
Junior Subordinated Debentures
Derivatives
Accrued interest payable

44,500
15,000
12,390
16,002
176
147

44,500
—
—
—
—
1

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3)

— $

4,394
529,070
n/a
213,702
—
2,945

158,764
—

—
14,824
13,064
—
176
146

Total

46,855
4,394
529,070
n/a
213,702
807,597
5,436

— $
—
—
n/a
—
807,597
2,491

—
158,764
— 1,252,074

—
—
—
17,101
—
—

44,500
14,824
13,064
17,101
176
147

December 31,
(In thousands)

Financial Assets:

Cash and due from banks
Interest bearing deposits with banks
Securities available for sale
Securities restricted
Securities held to maturity
Loans, net (including loans held for sale)
Accrued interest receivable

Financial liabilities:

2011

Carrying
Amount

Fair
Value

$

25,921
53,625
441,439
1,660
169,153
603,606
4,940

$

25,921
53,625
441,439
n/a
170,952
632,616
4,940

Demand and other deposits
Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight 

1,188,185

1,190,080

borrowings

Repurchase agreements
Junior subordinated debentures

Accrued interest payable

—
16,897
16,002

319

—
17,990
16,915

319

Page -74-

14. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  the  federal  banking  agencies. 
Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  result  in  certain  mandatory  and  possibly  additional  discretionary  actions  by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital
adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital 
requirements that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items 
calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classifications also are subject to 
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum 
amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as 
defined),  and  of  Tier  1  capital  (as  defined)  to  average  assets  (as  defined).    Management  believes  as  of  December  31,  2012,  the 
Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements. 

As of December 31, 2012, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well 
capitalized”  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.  To  be  categorized  as  “well  capitalized,”  the  Bank  must 
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. Since that notification, 
there are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Consolidated)
As of December 31,
(Dollars In thousands)

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

As of December 31,
(Dollars In thousands)

2012

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

Actual

Amount
$ 145,765
132,906
132,906

Ratio

Amount
14.2% $ 82,171
12.9% 41,085
8.4% 63,136

Ratio

8.0%
4.0%
4.0%

2011

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

Actual

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

Amount
$ 128,226 
118,334
118,334

Ratio

Amount
16.2% $ 63,228
31,614
15.0%
51,010
9.3%

Ratio

8.0%
4.0%
4.0%

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Ratio
Amount
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Ratio
Amount

n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a

Page -75-

Bridgehampton National Bank
As of December 31,
(Dollars In thousands)

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

As of December 31,
(In thousands)

2012

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

Actual

Amount
$ 140,487
127,630
127,630

Ratio

Amount
13.7% $ 82,155
12.4% 41,077
8.1% 63,132

2011

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

Actual

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Ratio
Amount
8.0% $ 102,693
61,616
4.0%
78,915
4.0%

10.0%
6.0%
5.0%

Ratio

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Ratio
Amount

Ratio

8.0% $
4.0%
4.0%

79,016
47,410
63,751

10.0%
6.0%
5.0%

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

Amount
$ 115,383
105,494
105,494

Ratio

Amount
14.6% $ 63,213
31,606
13.4%
51,001
8.3%

15. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Condensed financial information of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company only) follows:

Condensed Balance Sheets

December 31,
(In thousands)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other assets 
Investment in the Bank 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Junior subordinated debentures
Other liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Condensed Statements of Income

Years ended December 31,
(In thousands)
Dividends from the Bank 
Interest expense
Non interest expense
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank 

Income tax benefit 
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank 
Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank 
Net income 

2012

2011

5,203
199
129,277
134,679

16,002
5
16,007

118,672
134,679

$

$

$

$

13,002
192
110,028
123,222

16,002
233
16,235

106,987
123,222

2012

2011

2010

— $

— $

1,365
82
(1,447)

(466)
(981)
13,753
12,772

$

1,366
69
(1,435)

(445)
(990)
11,349
10,359

$

1,700
1,365
43
292

(431)
723
8,443
9,166

$

$

$

$

$

$

Page -76-

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows 

Years ended December 31,
(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:

2012

2011

2010

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: 

$ 12,772

$ 10,359

$

9,166

Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank 
(Increase) decrease in other assets 
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities:

Investment in the Bank
Cash in lieu of fractional shares for business acquisition

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options
Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting

of restricted stock awards

Excess tax (expense) benefit from share based compensation
Cash dividends paid 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

16. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(13,753)
(7)
(227)
(1,215)

(11,349)
558
198
(234)

(8,443)
(450)
(6)
267

(7,000)
—
(7,000)

(12,000)
(3)
(12,003)

—
—
—

10,507
—

(175)
(18)
(9,898)
416

28,088
—

(128)
(16)
(6,061)
21,883

(7,799)
13,002
5,203

$

9,646
3,356
$ 13,002

$

1,395
17

(37)
11
(5,787)
(4,401)

(4,134)
7,490
3,356

Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related income tax effects were as follows:

Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available for sale securities 
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income 
Income tax effect 
Net change in unrealized (loss) gain on available for sale securities 

Change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income
Income tax effect
Net change in unrealized loss on cash flow hedge

Change in post-retirement obligation 
Income tax effect 
Net change in post-retirement obligation 

Total 

2012

2011

2010

$

$

(2,321)
(2,647)
1,972
(2,996)

$

3,758
(135)
(1,438)
2,185

(1,518)
(1,303)
1,121
(1,700)

(176)
—
70
(106)

425
(169)
256

—
—
—
—

(2,527)
1,003
(1,524)

—
—
—
—

(91)
36
(55)

$

(2,846)

$

661

$

(1,755)

The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income balances, net of income tax:

(In thousands)
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities 
Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges
Unrealized losses on pension benefits 
Total 

Page -77-

Balance as of 
December 31, 
2011

Current 
Period 
Change

Balance as of 
December 31, 
2012

$

$

5,734 $
—
(3,306)
2,428 $

(2,996) $
(106)
256
(2,486)_$

2,738
(106)
(3,050)
(418)

17. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Selected Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data

2012 Quarter Ended,
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Non interest income 
Non interest expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

2011 Quarter Ended,
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Non interest income 
Non interest expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

March 31,

June 30,

September 30, December 31,

$

$
$
$

$

$
$
$

13,298
1,898
11,400
825
10,575
1,953
8,221
4,307
1,368
2,939
0.35
0.35

March 31,

11,596
1,812
9,784
700
9,084
1,454
7,408
3,130
970
2,160
0.34
0.34

$

$
$
$

$

$
$
$

13,677
1,872
11,805
2,500
9,305
3,800
8,567
4,538
1,475
3,063
0.36
0.36

$

$
$
$

13,707 $
1,889
11,818
600
11,218
2,235
8,479
4,974
1,614
3,360 $
0.39 $
0.39 $

13,832
1,896
11,936
1,075
10,861
2,685
8,513
5,033
1,623
3,410
0.39
0.39

June 30,

September 30, December 31,

12,333
1,872
10,461
900
9,561
1,825
7,784
3,602
1,126
2,476
0.38
0.38

$

$
$
$

13,471 $
1,949
11,522
1,450
10,072
1,766
7,824
4,014
1,241
2,773 $
0.41 $
0.41 $

13,026
1,983
11,043
850
10,193
1,904
7,821
4,276
1,326
2,950
0.42
0.42

Page -78-

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Audit Committee
Board of Directors
Bridge Bancorp, Inc.
Bridgehampton, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the 
related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive  income, stockholders’ equity  and cash  flows  for each of the  years in the 
three-year period ended December 31, 2012. We also have audited Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as 
of  December  31,  2012,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.’s  management  is  responsible  for  these 
consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Report By Management On Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting located in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our 
audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall
financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness  of  internal  control,  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the 
three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2012 in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America.  Also  in  our  opinion,  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

New York, New York
March 13, 2013

Crowe Horwath LLP

Page -79-

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Principal 
Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer,  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  the  Company’s  disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of 
December 31, 2012. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded 
that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by the annual report.

Report By Management On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  an  effective  system  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  The 
Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the 
possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control over 
financial  reporting  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  financial  statement  preparation.  Projections  of  any
evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risks  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. This assessment was based 
on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  this  assessment,  management  believes  that,  as  of 
December 31, 2012, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting based on those criteria.

The Company’s independent  registered public accounting  firm that audited the financial statements that are  included  in this annual 
report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report 
of Crowe Horwath LLP appears on the previous page.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2012, that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

“Item  1  – Election  of  Directors,”  “Compliance  with  Section  16  (a)  of  the  Exchange  Act,”  and  “Code  of  Ethics”  set  forth  in  the 
Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 3, 2013, are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

“Compensation  of  Directors,”  “Compensation  of  Executive  Officers,”  “Report  of  the  Compensation  Committee  on  Executive 
Compensation,”  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  and  “Employment  Contracts  and  Severance 
Agreements” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the  Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 3, 2013, are 
incorporated herein by reference.

Page -80-

Item  12.  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters

“Beneficial Ownership” and “Item 1 – Election of Directors”, set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders to be held on May 3, 2013, are incorporated herein by reference.

Set forth below is certain information as of December 31, 2012, regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans that have been 
approved by stockholders.

Equity Compensation
Plan approved by
Stockholders

1996 Equity Incentive Plan

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Total

Number of securities to
be Issued upon 
Exercise
of outstanding options
and awards

Weighted Average
Exercise Price with
respect to 
Outstanding
Stock Options

Number of Securities
Remaining Available 
for
Issuance under the Plan

10,303

241,430

—

251,733

$

$

$

25.61

25.25

—

25.32

—

—

800,809

800,809

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, and “Director Nominations” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 3, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

“Item 2 - Ratification of the Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” “Fees Paid to Crowe Horwath,” and 
“Policy on Audit Committee Pre-approval of Audit and Non-audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” set 
forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 3, 2013, is incorporated herein by 
reference.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The  following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  including  notes  thereto,  and  financial  schedules  of  the  Company,  required in 
response to this item are included in Part II, Item 8.

1.

Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Income
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

2.

Financial Statement Schedules

Page No.

36
37
38
39
40
41
79

Financial  Statement  Schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they  are  not  applicable  or  the  required  information  is  shown  in  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

3.

Exhibits.

            See Index of Exhibits on page 83.

Page -81-

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.
Registrant

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor
Kevin M. O’Connor
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Howard H. Nolan
Howard H. Nolan
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer 

/s/ Sarah K. Quinn
Sarah K. Quinn
Vice President, Controller and Principal
Accounting Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

March 13, 2013

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

/s/ Marcia Z. Hefter
Marcia Z. Hefter

/s/ Dennis A. Suskind
Dennis A. Suskind

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor
Kevin M. O’Connor

/s/ Emanuel Arturi
Emanuel Arturi

/s/ Antonia M. Donohue
Antonia M. Donohue

/s/ Charles I. Massoud
Charles I. Massoud

/s/ Albert E. McCoy Jr.
Albert E. McCoy Jr.

/s/ Howard H. Nolan
Howard H. Nolan

/s/ Rudolph J. Santoro
Rudolph J. Santoro

/s/ Thomas J. Tobin
Thomas J. Tobin

Page -82-

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number

Description of Exhibit

Exhibit

2.1

3.1

3.1(i)

3.1(ii)

3.2

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.5

10.6

23

31.1

31.2

32.1

101

101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.LAB
101.PRE
101.DEF

Agreement and Plan of Merger and among Bridge Bancorp, Inc., The Bridgehampton 
National Bank and Hamptons State Bank (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-
K, File No. 0-18546, filed February 10, 2011)

Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s 
amended Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed October 15, 1990)

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated 
by reference to Registrant’s Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed August 13, 1999)

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated 
by reference to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, File No. 0-18546, filed November 
18, 2008)

Revised By-laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File 
No. 0-18546, filed December 17, 2007)

Amended and Restated Employment Contract - Thomas J. Tobin (incorporated by reference 
to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007)

Amended and Restated Employment Contract – Howard H. Nolan (incorporated by reference 
to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed June 27, 2012)

Employment Contract – Kevin M. O’Connor (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 
8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007)

Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form S-8, File No. 0-18546, 
filed August 14, 2006)

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Revised for 409A) (incorporated by reference to 
Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 0-18546, filed March 14, 2008)

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-
14(b) and U.S.C. Section 1350

The following financial statements from Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for  the  Year  Ended  December 31,  2012,  filed  on  March XX,  2013,  formatted  in  XBRL: 
(i) Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of  December 31,  2012 and  December 31,  2011,
(ii) Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  for  the  Years Ended  December 31,  2012,  2011  and 
2010, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 
31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years
Ended  December 31,  2012,  2011  and  2010,  (v) Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for 
the  Years Ended  December 31,  2012,  2011  and  2010,  and  (vi) the  Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial Statements. (1)
XBRL Instance Document (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document (1)

(1) 

Pursuant  to  Rule  406T  of  Regulation  S-T,  the  Interactive  Data  Files  on  Exhibit  101  hereto  are  deemed  not  filed  or  part of  a  registration  statement  or 
prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

*

Denotes incorporated by reference.

Page -83-

EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Registration  Statements on  Form  S-3  and  S-8  (File  Numbers:  333-136600,  333-
185646,  and  333-182373)  of  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  of  our  report  dated  March  13,  2013 with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  of  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  which  report  appears  in  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2012.

New York, New York
March 13, 2013

Crowe Horwath LLP 

Page -84-

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) 

I, Kevin M. O’Connor, certify that: 

1)

2)

3)

4)

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles; 

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting; 

5)

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)

b)

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 13, 2013

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor 
Kevin M. O’Connor
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Page -85-

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) 

I, Howard H. Nolan, certify that: 

1)

2)

3)

4)

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and 15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles; 

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting; 

5)

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)

b)

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 13, 2013

/s/ Howard H. Nolan 
Howard H. Nolan
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Page -86-

This certification is being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) 
and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of 
the  Exchange  Act  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  that  section.  This  certification  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  incorporated  by 
reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except as otherwise stated in such filing. 

EXHIBIT 32.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(B) 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 

As adopted pursuant to 

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012
as filed  with  the  Securities and Exchange  Commission on March 13, 2013, (the “Report”),  we, Kevin M. O’Connor, President and 
Chief Executive Officer of the Company and, Howard H. Nolan, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the 
Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 
that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended; and 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

Date: March 13, 2013

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor 
Kevin M. O’Connor 
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Howard H. Nolan 
Howard H. Nolan 
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and will be retained by 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Page -87-